]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge from emacs--devo--0
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17941 38806))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17905 55681))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17851 44469))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17992 30878))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17842 58280))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17892 52945))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586
587 and many other features.
588
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
603
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
611
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
624
625
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
631
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
644
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
655
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
660
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 auto-activation.
677
678 Topic Encryption
679
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
684
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
689
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693 pitfalls.
694
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 for details.
698
699 HOT-SPOT Operation
700
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
703
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
709
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
715
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
723
724 Extending Allout
725
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
729
730 `allout-mode-hook'
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
736
737 Terminology
738
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
740
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744 CURRENT ITEM:
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
748 called the:
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
750
751 ANCESTORS:
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
754 of the ITEM.
755 OFFSPRING:
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757 SUBTOPIC:
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759 CHILD:
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761 SIBLINGS:
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
763
764 Topic text constituents:
765
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767 text.
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778 the PREFIX.
779
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781 of the ITEM.
782 PREFIX-LEAD:
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
786
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
794 PREFIX-PADDING:
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
800 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
801 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
802 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
803 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
804 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
805 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
806 more details.
807 EXPOSURE:
808 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
809 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
810 CONCEALED:
811 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
812 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
813
814 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
815 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
816 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
817
818 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
819
820 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
821
822 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
823 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
824
825 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
826 setup for auto-startup.
827
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829
830 ;;;***
831 \f
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
833 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17905 9579))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
835
836 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
837
838 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
839 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
840 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
841 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
842 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
843 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
844
845 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
846
847 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
848 Not documented
849
850 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851
852 ;;;***
853 \f
854 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
855 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17941 38806))
856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
857
858 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
859 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
860 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
861 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
862 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
863 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
864 in the current window.
865
866 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
867
868 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
869 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
870 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
871
872 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
873
874 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
875 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
876 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
877
878 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879
880 ;;;***
881 \f
882 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
883 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17842 58280))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
885
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
887 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888
889 \(fn)" t nil)
890
891 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
892 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
893
894 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
895 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
896 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
897 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
898
899 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
900 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
901
902 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
903
904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905
906 ;;;***
907 \f
908 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
909 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17833 42928))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
911
912 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
913 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
914 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
915 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
916 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
917 \\[yank].
918
919 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
920 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
921 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
922 the rules.
923
924 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
925 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
926 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
927 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928
929 \(fn)" t nil)
930
931 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
932 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
933 \\{antlr-mode-map}
934
935 \(fn)" t nil)
936
937 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
938 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
939 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
940
941 \(fn)" nil nil)
942
943 ;;;***
944 \f
945 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
946 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
947 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
948 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17952 17513))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
950
951 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
952 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
953 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
954 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
955
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
957
958 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
959 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
960
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
962
963 (defvar appt-audible t "\
964 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
965
966 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
967
968 (defvar appt-visible t "\
969 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
970 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
971
972 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
973
974 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
975 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
976 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
977
978 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
979
980 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
981 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
982 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
983
984 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
985
986 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
987 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
988 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
989
990 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
991
992 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
993 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
994 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
995
996 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
997
998 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
999 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
1000 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1001
1002 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1005 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1008
1009 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1010 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1011 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1012 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1013 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1014 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1015 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1016
1017 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1018 function.
1019
1020 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1021 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022
1023 \(fn)" nil nil)
1024
1025 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1026 Toggle checking of appointments.
1027 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1028 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1029
1030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031
1032 ;;;***
1033 \f
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1035 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1036 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17842 58280))
1037 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1038
1039 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1040 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1041 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1042 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1043
1044 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1045 kind of objects to search.
1046
1047 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1048
1049 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1050 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1051 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1053 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1054 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1055
1056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1057 normal variables.
1058
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1060
1061 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1062
1063 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1064 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1069
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 noninteractive functions.
1072
1073 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1074 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1075
1076 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1077 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1078
1079 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1080
1081 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1082 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1083
1084 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1085
1086 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1087 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1088 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1089 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1090
1091 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1092 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1093 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1094 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1095
1096 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1097 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1098
1099 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1100
1101 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1102
1103 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1104 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1109
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1111 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1112 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1113
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115
1116 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1117 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1122
1123 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1124 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1125 bindings.
1126 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1127
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129
1130 ;;;***
1131 \f
1132 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17960
1133 ;;;;;; 49045))
1134 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1135
1136 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1137 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1138 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1139 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1140 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1141 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1142
1143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1144 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1145 archive.
1146
1147 \\{archive-mode-map}
1148
1149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150
1151 ;;;***
1152 \f
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17842 58280))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1155
1156 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1157 Major mode for editing arrays.
1158
1159 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1160 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1161 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1162
1163 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1164
1165 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1166 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1167 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1168
1169 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1170 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1171 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1172 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1173 The variables are:
1174
1175 Variables you assign:
1176 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1177 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1178 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1179 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1180 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1181 row numbers in the buffer.
1182
1183 Variables which are calculated:
1184 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1185 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1186
1187 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1188 take a numeric prefix argument):
1189
1190 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1191 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1192 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1193 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1194
1195 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1199
1200 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1201 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1202 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1203 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1204
1205 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1206 between that of point and mark.
1207
1208 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1209 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1210
1211 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1212 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1213 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1214 newlines inside rows)
1215
1216 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1217
1218 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1219
1220 \(fn)" t nil)
1221
1222 ;;;***
1223 \f
1224 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17842
1225 ;;;;;; 58277))
1226 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1227
1228 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1229 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1230 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1231 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1232
1233 How to quit artist mode
1234
1235 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1236
1237
1238 How to submit a bug report
1239
1240 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1241
1242
1243 Drawing with the mouse:
1244
1245 mouse-2
1246 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1247 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 below).
1249
1250 mouse-1
1251 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1252 or pastes:
1253
1254 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1257 to new point
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1274 lines
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Paste Paste Paste
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284
1285 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1286 or diagonally.
1287
1288 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1289 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1290 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1291 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1292 poly-lines.
1293
1294 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1295 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1296 overwrite means the opposite.
1297
1298 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1299 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1300 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1301
1302 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1303
1304 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1305 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1306
1307 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1308 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1309 are currently drawing something.
1310
1311 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 some time to fill.
1313
1314
1315 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1316 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1317
1318
1319 Settings
1320
1321 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1322
1323 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1324
1325 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1326
1327 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1328
1329 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1330 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1331
1332 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1333
1334
1335 Drawing with keys
1336
1337 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1338 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1339 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1340 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1341 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1342 When pasting: Pastes
1343
1344 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1345
1346 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1347
1348 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1349 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1350 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1351 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1352 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1353 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1354
1355
1356 Arrows
1357
1358 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1359 of the line/poly-line
1360
1361 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1362 of the line/poly-line
1363
1364
1365 Selecting operation
1366
1367 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1368
1369 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1373 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1374 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1375 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1376 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1377 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1378 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1379 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1380 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1381 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1382 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1385 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1387 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1388 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1389
1390
1391 Variables
1392
1393 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1394 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1395
1396 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1397 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1398 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1399 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1400 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1401 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1402 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1403 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1404 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1405 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1406 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1407 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1408 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1409 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1410 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1411 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1412 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1413 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1414 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415
1416 Hooks
1417
1418 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1419 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1420
1421
1422 Keymap summary
1423
1424 \\{artist-mode-map}
1425
1426 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427
1428 ;;;***
1429 \f
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17842
1431 ;;;;;; 56333))
1432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1433
1434 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1435 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1436 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1437
1438 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1440 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1441 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1442
1443 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1444 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1445
1446 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1447 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1448
1449 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1450
1451 Special commands:
1452 \\{asm-mode-map}
1453
1454 \(fn)" t nil)
1455
1456 ;;;***
1457 \f
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1459 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1461
1462 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1463 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1464 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1465
1466 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1467
1468 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1469 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1470 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1471 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1472 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1473 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1474 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1475 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1476 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1477 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1478
1479 For example:
1480 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1481 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1482 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1483 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1484 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1485
1486 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1487
1488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1489
1490 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1491 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1496
1497 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1498
1499 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1500 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1501 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1502 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1503 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1504 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1505
1506 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1507
1508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1509
1510 ;;;***
1511 \f
1512 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1515
1516 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1517 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1518
1519 \(fn)" t nil)
1520
1521 ;;;***
1522 \f
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1524 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17842 58280))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1526
1527 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1528 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1529 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1530
1531 \(fn)" t nil)
1532
1533 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1534 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1535 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1536 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1537
1538 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1539
1540 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1541 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1542 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1545 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1546
1547 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1548
1549 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1550 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1551 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1552 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1553
1554 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1555 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1556
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558
1559 ;;;***
1560 \f
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1562 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (17860 50557))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1565
1566 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1567 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1568 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1569 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1570 save the buffer too.
1571
1572 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1573
1574 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1575
1576 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1577 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1578 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1579 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1580 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1581 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1582
1583 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1584 directory or directories specified.
1585
1586 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1587
1588 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1589 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1590 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1591
1592 \(fn)" nil nil)
1593
1594 ;;;***
1595 \f
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1597 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1598 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17925 15265))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1600
1601 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1602 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1603
1604 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1605 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1606 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1607 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1608 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1609
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611
1612 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1613 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1614
1615 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1616 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1617
1618 \(fn)" nil nil)
1619
1620 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1621 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1622 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1623
1624 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1625 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1626 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1627 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1628 reflected in the current buffer.
1629
1630 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1631 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1632 writing before you save the file!
1633
1634 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1635
1636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1637
1638 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1639 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1640
1641 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1642 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1643
1644 \(fn)" nil nil)
1645
1646 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1647 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1648 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1651 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1652
1653 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1654
1655 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1656 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1657
1658 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1659 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1660 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1661
1662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1663
1664 ;;;***
1665 \f
1666 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1667 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17842 58280))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1669
1670 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1671 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1672 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1674 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1675
1676 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1677
1678 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1679 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1680 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1681 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1682
1683 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1684 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1685 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1686
1687 Effects of the different modes:
1688 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1689 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1690 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1691 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1692 a random distance & direction.
1693 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1694 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1695 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1696
1697 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1698
1699 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1700 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1701 definition of \"random distance\".)
1702
1703 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1704
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1708 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
1709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1710
1711 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1712 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1713
1714 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1715 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1716
1717 For example:
1718
1719 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1720 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1721 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1722 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1723
1724 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1725
1726 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1727
1728 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1729
1730 ;;;***
1731 \f
1732 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1733 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1734 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1735 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1736
1737 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1738 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1739 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1740 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1741
1742 \(fn)" t nil)
1743
1744 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1745 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1746 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1749 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1750
1751 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1752
1753 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1754 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1755 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1756 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1758 seconds.
1759
1760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1761
1762 ;;;***
1763 \f
1764 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1765 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17842 54152))
1766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1767
1768 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1769 Time execution of FORMS.
1770 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1771 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1772 FORMS once.
1773 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1774 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1775 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1776
1777 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1778
1779 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1780 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1781 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1782 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1783 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1784
1785 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1786
1787 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1788 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1789 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1790 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1791 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1792
1793 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1794
1795 ;;;***
1796 \f
1797 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17956
1798 ;;;;;; 21270))
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1800
1801 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1802 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1803
1804 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1805
1806 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1807 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1808 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1809 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1810
1811 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1812 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1813 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1814 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1815 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1816
1817 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1818 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1819
1820
1821 Special information:
1822
1823 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1824
1825 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1826 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1827 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1828 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1829 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1830 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1831 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1833 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1834 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1835 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1836
1837 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1838 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1839 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1840 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1841 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1842 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1843 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1844 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1845
1846 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1847
1848 ----------------------------------------------------------
1849 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1850 if that value is non-nil.
1851
1852 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1853
1854 \(fn)" t nil)
1855
1856 ;;;***
1857 \f
1858 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1859 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1860 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
1861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1862
1863 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1864
1865 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1866 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1867 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1868
1869 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1870
1871 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1872 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1873
1874 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1875
1876 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1877 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1878
1879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1880
1881 ;;;***
1882 \f
1883 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17842
1884 ;;;;;; 55395))
1885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1886
1887 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1888 Play blackbox.
1889 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1890
1891 What is blackbox?
1892
1893 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1894 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1895 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1896 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1897 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1898 your score.
1899
1900 Overview of play:
1901
1902 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1903 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1904 four.
1905
1906 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1907 movement keys.
1908
1909 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1910 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1911
1912 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1913 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1914
1915 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1916 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1917 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1918 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1919 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1920 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1921
1922 Details:
1923
1924 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1925
1926 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1927 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1928 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1929 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1930
1931 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1932 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1933 denoted by the letter `R'.
1934
1935 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1936 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1937 denoted by the letter `H'.
1938
1939 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1940 example.
1941
1942 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1943 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1944 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1945 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1946 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1947 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1948 ray.
1949
1950 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1951 degree deflection it causes.
1952
1953 1
1954 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1956 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1957 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1961 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1962 2 3
1963
1964 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1965 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1966
1967
1968 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1976
1977 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1978 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1979 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1980 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1981 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1982 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1983 emerging from the box.
1984
1985 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1986
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1992 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1995
1996 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1997 a reflection.
1998
1999 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2000
2001 ;;;***
2002 \f
2003 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2004 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2005 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2006 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17842 58280))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2008 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2009 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2010 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2011
2012 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2013 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2014 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2015 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2016 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2017 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2018 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2020 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2021 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2026 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2028 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2029 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2030 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2031
2032 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2033 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2034 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2035 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2036 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2037 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2038 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2039 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2040 recent one.
2041
2042 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2043 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2044 yank successive words.
2045
2046 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2047 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2048 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2049 name of the file being visited.
2050
2051 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2052 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2053 the list of bookmarks.)
2054
2055 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2056
2057 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2058 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2059 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2060 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2061 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2062 this.
2063
2064 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2065 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2066 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2067 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2068
2069 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2070
2071 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2072 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2073 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2074 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2075 after a bookmark was set in it.
2076
2077 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2078
2079 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2080 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2081 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2082 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2083
2084 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2085
2086 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2087
2088 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2089 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2090 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2091 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2092
2093 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2094 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2095 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2096
2097 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2098 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2099 name.
2100
2101 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2102
2103 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2104 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2105 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2106 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2107 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2108 this.
2109
2110 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2111
2112 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2113 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2114 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2115 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2116 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2117 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2118 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2119 probably because we were called from there.
2120
2121 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2122
2123 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2124 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2125 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2126
2127 \(fn)" t nil)
2128
2129 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2130 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2131 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2132 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2133 \(second argument).
2134
2135 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2136 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2137 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2138 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2139 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2140
2141 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2142 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2143 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2144 `bookmark-default-file'.
2145
2146 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2147
2148 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2149 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2150 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2151 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2152 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2153 while loading.
2154
2155 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2156 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2157 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2158 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2159 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2160 explicitly.
2161
2162 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2163 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2164 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2165 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2166
2167 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2168
2169 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2170 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2171 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2172 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2173 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2174
2175 \(fn)" t nil)
2176
2177 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2178
2179 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2180
2181 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2182
2183 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2184
2185 ;;;***
2186 \f
2187 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2193 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2194 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2195 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2196 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17842 55218))
2197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2198
2199 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2200 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2201 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2202 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2203
2204 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2205 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2206 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2207 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2208 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2209
2210 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2211
2212 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2213 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2214
2215 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2216
2217 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2218 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2219
2220 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2221
2222 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2223 Not documented
2224
2225 \(fn)" nil nil)
2226
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2229 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2230 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2231 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2232 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2233
2234 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2235
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2238 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2239 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2240 narrowed.
2241
2242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2243
2244 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2245 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2246
2247 \(fn)" t nil)
2248
2249 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2251
2252 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2253
2254 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2255 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2256 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2257 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2258
2259 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2260
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2263 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2264 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2265
2266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2267
2268 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2269 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2270 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2271 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2272 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2273 to use.
2274
2275 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2278 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2279 Default to the URL around or before point.
2280
2281 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2282 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2283 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2284 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2285
2286 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2287 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2288
2289 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2290 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2291 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2292
2293 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2294
2295 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2297 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2298 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2299
2300 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2301 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2302 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2303 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304
2305 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2306 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2307 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2308
2309 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2310 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2311
2312 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2313
2314 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2315 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2316 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2317 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2318
2319 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2320 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2321 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2322 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2323
2324 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2325 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2326 new tab in an existing window instead.
2327
2328 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2329 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2330
2331 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2332
2333 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2334 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2335 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2336 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2337 Firefox.
2338
2339 When called interactively, if variable
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2341 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2342 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2343 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2344
2345 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2346 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2347 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2348
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2350 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2351
2352 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2353 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2354 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2355 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2356 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2357 URL in a new window.
2358
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2360
2361 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2364 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2365
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2368 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2369 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370
2371 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2372 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2373 new tab in an existing window instead.
2374
2375 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2376 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2377
2378 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2382 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2383 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2384
2385 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2386 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2387 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2388 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2389
2390 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2391 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2392
2393 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2394
2395 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2397
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2400 program is invoked according to the variable
2401 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2402
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2405 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2406 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2416 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2417
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419
2420 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point.
2423
2424 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2425 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2426 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2427
2428 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2429 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2430 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2431 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432
2433 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2437
2438 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Default to the URL around or before point.
2441
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443
2444 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2445 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2446 Default to the URL around or before point.
2447
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2450 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2459 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2460 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2461
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2469
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2471
2472 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2474 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2475 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2476
2477 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2478 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2479 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2480 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2486
2487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2489 Default to the URL around or before point.
2490
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2494 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2495 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2496 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2497 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2498 current one.
2499
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2502 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2503 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509
2510 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2513 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2514 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2515 don't offer a form of remote control.
2516
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2518
2519 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2522
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524
2525 ;;;***
2526 \f
2527 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17842
2528 ;;;;;; 55395))
2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2530
2531 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2532 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2533
2534 \(fn)" t nil)
2535
2536 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2537 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2538
2539 \(fn)" nil nil)
2540
2541 ;;;***
2542 \f
2543 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2544 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17842 58280))
2545 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2546
2547 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2548 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2549 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2550 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2551
2552 \(fn)" t nil)
2553
2554 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2555 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2556 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2557 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2558
2559 \(fn)" t nil)
2560
2561 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2562 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2563
2564 \(fn)" t nil)
2565
2566 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2567 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2568 \\<bs-mode-map>
2569 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2570 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2571 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2572 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2573
2574 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2575 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2576 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2577 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2578 name of buffer configuration.
2579
2580 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2581
2582 ;;;***
2583 \f
2584 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2585 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17992
2586 ;;;;;; 30877))
2587 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2588
2589 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap used by buttons.")
2591
2592 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2593 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2594 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2595
2596 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2597 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2598 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2599 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2600 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2601 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2602
2603 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2604 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2605 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2606 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2607
2608 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2609
2610 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2611 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2612 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2613 specifying properties to add to the button.
2614 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2615 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2616 `define-button-type'.
2617
2618 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2619
2620 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2621
2622 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2623 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2629
2630 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2631
2632 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2633
2634 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2635 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to add to the button.
2638 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2639 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2640 `define-button-type'.
2641
2642 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2643 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2644 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2645 `make-text-button'.
2646
2647 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2648
2649 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2650
2651 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2652 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2653 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2654 specifying properties to add to the button.
2655 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2656 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2657 `define-button-type'.
2658
2659 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2660 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2661 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2662 `insert-text-button'.
2663
2664 Also see `make-text-button'.
2665
2666 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2667
2668 ;;;***
2669 \f
2670 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2671 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2672 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2673 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2674 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17949 41467))
2675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2676 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2677 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2678 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2679
2680 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Not documented
2682
2683 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2684
2685 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2686 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2687 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2688
2689 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2690
2691 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2692 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2693 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2694 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2695
2696 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2697 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2698 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2699 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2700 whether to compile it.
2701
2702 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2703
2704 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2705 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2706
2707 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2708 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2709
2710 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2711 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2712 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2713 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2714 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2715 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2716
2717 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2718
2719 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2720 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2721 Print the result in the echo area.
2722 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2723
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2725
2726 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2727 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2728 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2729
2730 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2731
2732 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2733 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2734 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2735 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2736 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2737 all functions called by those functions.
2738
2739 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2740 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2741 cons, etc.).
2742
2743 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2744 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2745 invoked interactively.
2746
2747 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2748
2749 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2750 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2751 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2752 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2753
2754 \(fn)" nil nil)
2755
2756 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2757 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2758 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2759 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2760 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2761 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2762 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2763 already up-to-date.
2764
2765 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2766
2767 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2768 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2769 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2770 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2771
2772 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2773 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2774 and corresponding effects.
2775
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2777
2778 ;;;***
2779 \f
2780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17956 13479))
2781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2782
2783 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2784
2785 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2786
2787 ;;;***
2788 \f
2789 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2790 ;;;;;; (17956 13479))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2792
2793 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2794 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2795 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2796 from the cursor position.
2797
2798 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2799
2800 ;;;***
2801 \f
2802 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2803 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2804 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2805 ;;;;;; (17965 11665))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2807
2808 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2809 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2810
2811 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2812 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2813
2814 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2815 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2816
2817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2818
2819 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2820 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2821
2822 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2823
2824 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2826
2827 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2828
2829 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2831
2832 \(fn)" t nil)
2833
2834 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2835 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2836 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2837 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2838
2839 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2840
2841 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2842 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2843 This is most useful in the X window system.
2844 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2845 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2846
2847 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2848
2849 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2850 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2851 See calc-keypad for details.
2852
2853 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2854
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2856 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2857
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2859
2860 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2861 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2862
2863 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2864
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2866 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2867
2868 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2869
2870 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2871 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2872 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2873
2874 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2875
2876 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2877 Not documented
2878
2879 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2880
2881 ;;;***
2882 \f
2883 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17870
2884 ;;;;;; 28179))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2886
2887 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2888 Run the Emacs calculator.
2889 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2890
2891 \(fn)" t nil)
2892
2893 ;;;***
2894 \f
2895 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2896 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2897 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2898 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2899 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2900 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2901 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2902 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2903 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2904 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2905 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2906 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2907 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2909 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2910 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2911 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2912 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17956 13479))
2913 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2914
2915 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2916 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2917 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2918 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2919 the screen.")
2920
2921 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2922
2923 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2924 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2925 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2926 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2927 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2928 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2929
2930 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2931
2932 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2933 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2934 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2935
2936 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2937
2938 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2939 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2940 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2941
2942 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2943
2944 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2945 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2946 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2947 displayed.")
2948
2949 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2950
2951 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2952 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2953 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2954
2955 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2956
2957 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2958 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2959 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2960
2961 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2962
2963 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2964
2965 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2966 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2967 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2968
2969 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2970 calendar.")
2971
2972 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2973
2974 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2975 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2976 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2977
2978 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2979 calendar.")
2980
2981 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2982
2983 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2984 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2985 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2986
2987 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2988 calendar.")
2989
2990 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2991
2992 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2993 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2994 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2995
2996 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2997
2998 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2999 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3000 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3001 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3002 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3003
3004 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3005
3006 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3007 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3008 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3009 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3010 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3011 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3012 a function is also provided for this:
3013 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3014
3015 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3016 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3017 date is not visible in the window.
3018
3019 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3020 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3021 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3022
3023 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3024
3025 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3026 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3027
3028 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3029 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3030 date is visible in the window.
3031
3032 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3033 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3034 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3035
3036 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3037
3038 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3039 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3040
3041 For example,
3042
3043 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3044
3045 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3046
3047 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3048
3049 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3050 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3051
3052 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3053 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3054
3055 MONTH/DAY
3056 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3057 MONTHNAME DAY
3058 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3059 DAYNAME
3060
3061 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3062 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3063 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3064 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3065 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3066 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3067 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3068 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3069 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3070 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3071 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3072 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3073 in every week.
3074
3075 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3076 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3077 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3078 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3079
3080 DAY/MONTH
3081 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3082 DAY MONTHNAME
3083 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3084 DAYNAME
3085
3086 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3087 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3088
3089 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3090 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3091 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3092 window but will appear in a diary window.
3093
3094 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3095 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3096
3097 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3098 entries (in the default American style):
3099
3100 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3101 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3102 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3103 21: Payday
3104 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3105 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3106 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3107 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3108 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3109 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3110 &* 15 time cards due.
3111
3112 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3113 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3114 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3115 single diary entry
3116
3117 02/11/1989
3118 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3119 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3120 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3121 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3122 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3123 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3124
3125 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3126 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3127 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3128
3129 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3130
3131 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3132
3133 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3134 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3135 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3136 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3137 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3138 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3139 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3140 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3141 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3142 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3143 details.
3144
3145 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3146 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3147 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3148 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3149 documentation for these functions for details.
3150
3151 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3152 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3153
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3155
3156 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3157 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3158
3159 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3160
3161 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3163
3164 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3165
3166 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3168
3169 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3170
3171 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3172 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3173
3174 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3175
3176 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3177 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3178 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3179
3180 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3181
3182 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3183 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3184 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3185
3186 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3187
3188 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3189 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3190 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3191 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3192 full.")
3193
3194 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3195
3196 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3197 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3198 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3199 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3200 are
3201
3202 DAY/MONTH
3203 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3204 DAY MONTHNAME
3205 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3206 DAYNAME
3207
3208 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3209 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3210 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3211
3212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3213 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3214 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3215 `american-calendar'.")
3216
3217 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3218
3219 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3220 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3221 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3222
3223 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3224
3225 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3226 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3227 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3228
3229 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3230
3231 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3232 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3233 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3234
3235 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3236
3237 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3238 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3239 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3240
3241 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3242
3243 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3244 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3245 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3246 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3247 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3248 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3249
3250 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3251
3252 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3253 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3254 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3255
3256 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3257 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3258 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3259 of the form
3260
3261 #include \"filename\"
3262
3263 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3264 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3265 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3266 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3267 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3268
3269 For example, you could use
3270
3271 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3272 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3273 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3274
3275 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3276 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3277 lexicographic order.")
3278
3279 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3280
3281 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3282 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3283 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3284
3285 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3286
3287 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3288 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3289 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3290 diary display.
3291
3292 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3293 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3294 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3295 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3296 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3297 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3298 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3299
3300 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3301 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3302 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3303 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3304 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3305 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3306 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3307 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3308
3309 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3310
3311 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3312 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3313 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3314 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3315 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3316 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3317 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3318
3319 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3320
3321 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3322 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3323
3324 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3325 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3326 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3327 of the form
3328 #include \"filename\"
3329 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3330 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3331 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3332 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3333 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3334
3335 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3336
3337 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3338 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3339 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3340 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3341 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3342 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3343 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3344
3345 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3346
3347 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3348 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3349 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3350 are holidays.")
3351
3352 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3353
3354 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3355 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3356 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3357 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3358 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3359
3360 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3361
3362 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3363
3364 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3365 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3366 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3367
3368 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3369
3370 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3371
3372 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3373 Oriental holidays.
3374 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3375
3376 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3377
3378 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3379
3380 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3381 Local holidays.
3382 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3383
3384 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3385
3386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3387
3388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3389 User defined holidays.
3390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3391
3392 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3393
3394 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3395
3396 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3397
3398 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399
3400 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3401
3402 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3403
3404 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3405
3406 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3407
3408 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3409
3410 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3411
3412 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3413 Jewish holidays.
3414 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3415
3416 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3417
3418 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3419
3420 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3421 Christian holidays.
3422 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3423
3424 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3425
3426 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3427
3428 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3429 Islamic holidays.
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3431
3432 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3433
3434 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3435
3436 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3437 Baha'i holidays.
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3439
3440 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3441
3442 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3443
3444 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3445 Sun-related holidays.
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3447
3448 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3449
3450 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3451
3452 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3453 The frame setup of the calendar.
3454 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3455 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3456 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3457 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3458 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3459
3460 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3461
3462 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3463 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3464 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3465
3466 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3467 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3468
3469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3470
3471 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3472 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3473 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3474
3475 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3476 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3477 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3478 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3479
3480 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3481
3482 ;;;***
3483 \f
3484 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3485 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17842 54741))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3487
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3489 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3490
3491 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3492
3493 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3494 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3495 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3496 it fails.
3497
3498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3499
3500 ;;;***
3501 \f
3502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17842
3503 ;;;;;; 56333))
3504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3505 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3506
3507 ;;;***
3508 \f
3509 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3510 ;;;;;; (17942 63381))
3511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3512
3513 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3514 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3515
3516 \(fn)" nil nil)
3517
3518 ;;;***
3519 \f
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3521 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3522 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
3523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3524
3525 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3526 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3527 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3528 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3529 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3530 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3531 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3532
3533 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3534
3535 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3536 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3541 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3542 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3543
3544 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3545 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3546 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3547 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3548 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3549 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3550
3551 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3552
3553 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3554 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3555
3556 Key bindings:
3557 \\{c-mode-map}
3558
3559 \(fn)" t nil)
3560
3561 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3562 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3563
3564 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3565 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3566 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3567 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3568 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3569 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3570 message.
3571
3572 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3573
3574 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3575 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3576
3577 Key bindings:
3578 \\{c++-mode-map}
3579
3580 \(fn)" t nil)
3581
3582 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3583 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3584 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3585
3586 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3587 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3588 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3589 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3590 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3591 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3592 message.
3593
3594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3595
3596 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3597 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3598
3599 Key bindings:
3600 \\{objc-mode-map}
3601
3602 \(fn)" t nil)
3603
3604 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3605 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3607
3608 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3609 Major mode for editing Java code.
3610 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3611 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3612 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3613 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3614 message.
3615
3616 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3617
3618 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3619 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3620
3621 Key bindings:
3622 \\{java-mode-map}
3623
3624 \(fn)" t nil)
3625
3626 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3627 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3628 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3629
3630 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3631 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3632 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3633 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3634 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3635 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3636 message.
3637
3638 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3639
3640 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3641 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3642
3643 Key bindings:
3644 \\{idl-mode-map}
3645
3646 \(fn)" t nil)
3647
3648 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3649 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3651 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3652
3653 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3654 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3655 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3656 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3657 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3658 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3659 message.
3660
3661 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3662
3663 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3664 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3665
3666 Key bindings:
3667 \\{pike-mode-map}
3668
3669 \(fn)" t nil)
3670 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3671 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3672 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3673 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3674 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3675 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3676
3677 ;;;***
3678 \f
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3680 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17842 56333))
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3682
3683 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3684 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3685 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3686 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3687
3688 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3689
3690 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3691 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3692 might get set too.
3693
3694 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3695 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3696 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3697 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3698 way.
3699
3700 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3701 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3702 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3703 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3704 a null operation.
3705
3706 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3707
3708 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3709 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3710 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3711 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3712
3713 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3714
3715 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3716 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3717 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3718
3719 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3720
3721 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3722 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3723 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3724 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3725 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3726
3727 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3728
3729 ;;;***
3730 \f
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17949
3732 ;;;;;; 41467))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3734 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3735
3736 ;;;***
3737 \f
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17941 38806))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3740 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3741 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3742 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3743
3744 ;;;***
3745 \f
3746 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3747 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3748 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3750
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3752 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3753
3754 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3755
3756 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3757 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3758
3759 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3760
3761 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3762 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3763
3764 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3765 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3766 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3767 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3768 execution.
3769
3770 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3771
3772 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3773
3774 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3775 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3776
3777 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3778 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3779 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3780 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3781
3782 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3783 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3784 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3785 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3786 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3787 `write' commands.
3788
3789 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3790 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3791 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3792 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3793
3794 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3795 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3796 semantics.
3797
3798 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3799
3800 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3801
3802 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3803
3804 STATEMENT :=
3805 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3806 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3807
3808 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3809 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3810 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3811 | integer
3812
3813 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3814
3815 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3816 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3817 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3818
3819 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3820 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3821 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3822
3823 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3824 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3825
3826 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3827 BREAK := (break)
3828
3829 REPEAT :=
3830 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3831 (repeat)
3832 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3833 ;; (repeat))
3834 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3835 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3836 ;; (read REG)
3837 ;; (repeat))
3838 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3839 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3840 ;; (read REG)
3841 ;; (repeat))
3842 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3843
3844 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3845 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3846 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3847 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3848 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3849 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3850 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3851 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3852 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3853 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3854 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3855 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3856 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3857 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3858 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3859 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3860
3861 WRITE :=
3862 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3863 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3864 ;; representation.
3865 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3866 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3867 ;; (write r7))
3868 | (write EXPRESSION)
3869 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3870 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3871 ;; representation.
3872 | (write integer)
3873 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3874 ;; buffer.
3875 | (write string)
3876 ;; Same as: (write string)
3877 | string
3878 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3879 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3880 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3881 ;; representation.
3882 | (write REG ARRAY)
3883 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3884 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3885 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3886 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3887 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3888 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3889
3890 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3891 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3892
3893 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3894 END := (end)
3895
3896 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3897 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3898 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3899
3900 ARG := REG | integer
3901
3902 OPERATOR :=
3903 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3904 + | - | * | / | %
3905
3906 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3907 | & | `|' | ^
3908
3909 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3910 | << | >>
3911
3912 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3913 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3914 | <8
3915
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3919 | >8
3920
3921 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3922 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3923 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3924 | //
3925
3926 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3927 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3928
3929 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3930 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3931 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3932 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3933 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3934 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3935 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3936 | de-sjis
3937
3938 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3939 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3940 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3941 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3942 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3943 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3944 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3945 ;; byte of SJIS.
3946 | en-sjis
3947
3948 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3949 ;; Same meaning as C code
3950 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3951
3952 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3953 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3954 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3955 | <8=
3956
3957 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3958 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3959 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3960
3961 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3962 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3963 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3964 | //=
3965
3966 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3967
3968
3969 TRANSLATE :=
3970 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3971 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3972 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3973 LOOKUP :=
3974 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3975 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3976 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3977 MAP :=
3978 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3979 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3980 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3981 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3982 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3983 MAP-ID := integer
3984
3985 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3986
3987 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3988 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3989 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3990 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3991 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3992 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3993
3994 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3995
3996 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3997 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3998 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3999
4000 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4001
4002 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4003
4004 ;;;***
4005 \f
4006 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4007 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4009
4010 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4011 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4012 There are no special keybindings by default.
4013
4014 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4015 to the action header.
4016
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4018
4019 ;;;***
4020 \f
4021 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4024 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4025 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4026 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4027 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4028 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4029 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4030 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4031
4032 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4033 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4034 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4035 the users will view as each check is completed.
4036
4037 \(fn)" t nil)
4038
4039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4040 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4041 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4042 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4043 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4044 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4045 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4046 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4047
4048 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4049
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4052 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4053 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4054 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4055 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4056 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4057 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4058
4059 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4060
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4063 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4064 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4065 spacing are all verified.
4066
4067 \(fn)" t nil)
4068
4069 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4070 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4071 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4072 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4073 otherwise stop after the first error.
4074
4075 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4076
4077 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4078 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4079 Only documentation strings are checked.
4080 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4081 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4082 a separate buffer.
4083
4084 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4085
4086 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4087 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4088 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4089 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4090 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4091
4092 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4093
4094 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4095 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4096 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4097 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4098 if there is one.
4099
4100 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4101
4102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4103 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4104 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4105 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4106 if there is one.
4107 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4108
4109 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4110
4111 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4112 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4113 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4114
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4116
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4119 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4120 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4121 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4122
4123 \(fn)" t nil)
4124
4125 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4126 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4127 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4128 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4129 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4130 space at the end of each line.
4131
4132 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4133
4134 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4135 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4136 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4137 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4138
4139 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4140
4141 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4142 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4143 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4144 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4145
4146 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4147
4148 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4149 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4150 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4151 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4152
4153 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4154
4155 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4156 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4157 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4158 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4159
4160 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4161
4162 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4163 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4164 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4165 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4166
4167 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4168
4169 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4170 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4171 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4172 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4173
4174 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4175
4176 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4177 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4178 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4179 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4180
4181 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4182
4183 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4184 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4185 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4186 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4187
4188 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4189
4190 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4191 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4192 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4193 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4194
4195 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4196
4197 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4198 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4199 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4200
4201 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4202 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4203 checking of documentation strings.
4204
4205 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4206
4207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4208
4209 ;;;***
4210 \f
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4212 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17842
4213 ;;;;;; 58278))
4214 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4215
4216 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4217 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4218 Return the length of resulting text.
4219
4220 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4221
4222 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4223 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4224
4225 \(fn)" t nil)
4226
4227 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4228 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4229 Return the length of resulting text.
4230
4231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4232
4233 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4234 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4235
4236 \(fn)" t nil)
4237
4238 ;;;***
4239 \f
4240 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4241 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17842 58280))
4242 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4243
4244 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4245 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4246 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4247 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4248 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4249 editing and the result is evaluated.
4250
4251 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4252
4253 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4254 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4255 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4256 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4257 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4258
4259 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4260
4261 \(fn)" t nil)
4262
4263 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4264 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4265 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4266 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4267 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4268
4269 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4270 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4271 \\{command-history-map}
4272
4273 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4274 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4275
4276 \(fn)" t nil)
4277
4278 ;;;***
4279 \f
4280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17842 54152))
4281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4282
4283 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4284 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4285 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4286 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4287 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4288 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4289
4290 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4291 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4292
4293 ;;;***
4294 \f
4295 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4296 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4298
4299 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4300 Not documented
4301
4302 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4303
4304 ;;;***
4305 \f
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4309
4310 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4311 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4312 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4313 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4314
4315 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4316 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4317 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4318 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4319
4320 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4321 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4322
4323 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4324
4325 ;;;***
4326 \f
4327 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17842
4328 ;;;;;; 58280))
4329 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4330
4331 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4332 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4333 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4334 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4335 of `scheme-program-name').
4336 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4337 it is given as initial input.
4338 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4339 discards input when it starts up.
4340 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4341 is run).
4342 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4343
4344 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4345 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4346
4347 ;;;***
4348 \f
4349 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4350 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4351 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17842 54888))
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4353
4354 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4355 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4356 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4357 ASCII table.
4358
4359 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4360 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4361 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4362 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4363
4364 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4365
4366 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4367 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4368 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4369
4370 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4371
4372 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4373 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4374 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4375
4376 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4377
4378 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4379 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4380 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4381
4382 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4383
4384 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4385 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4386
4387 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4388 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4389 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4390
4391 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4392 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4393
4394 \(fn)" nil nil)
4395
4396 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4397 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4398
4399 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4400 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4401 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4402
4403 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4404
4405 ;;;***
4406 \f
4407 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4408 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4409 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4410 ;;;;;; (17937 3189))
4411 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4412
4413 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4414 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4415 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4416 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4417 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4418 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4419 functions have already modified the buffer.
4420
4421 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4422
4423 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4424 either globally or locally.")
4425
4426 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4427
4428 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4429 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4430 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4431 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4432 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4433 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4434 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4435 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4436
4437 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4438
4439 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4440
4441 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4442 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4443 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4444 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4445 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4446 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4447 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4448 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4449
4450 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4451
4452 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4453
4454 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4455 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4456 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4457 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4458 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4459 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4460
4461 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4462
4463 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4464 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4465 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4466 directory tracking functions.")
4467
4468 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4469 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4470 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4471
4472 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4473
4474 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4475
4476 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4477 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4478 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4479
4480 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4481
4482 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4483
4484 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4485 Send COMMAND to current process.
4486 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4487 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4488
4489 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4490
4491 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4492 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4493 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4494 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4495
4496 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4497
4498 ;;;***
4499 \f
4500 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17926
4501 ;;;;;; 45410))
4502 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4503
4504 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4505 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4506 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4507 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4508
4509 This command pushes the mark in each window
4510 at the prior location of point in that window.
4511 If both windows display the same buffer,
4512 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4513 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4514
4515 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4516 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4517 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4518 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4519 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4520 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4521 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4522 ignored.
4523
4524 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4525 this command work in interlaced mode:
4526 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4527 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4528 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4529
4530 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4531
4532 ;;;***
4533 \f
4534 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4535 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4536 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4537 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4538 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18006 55797))
4539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4540
4541 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4542 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4543
4544 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4545
4546 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4547 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4548
4549 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4550
4551 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4552 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4553 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4554 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4555 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4556 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4557 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4558
4559 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4560 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4561 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4562 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4563 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4564
4565 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4566 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4567 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4568 describing how the process finished.")
4569
4570 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4571 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4572 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4573 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4574 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4575
4576 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4577 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4578 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4579
4580 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4581
4582 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4583 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4584 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4585 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4586
4587 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4588
4589 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4590 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4591
4592 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4593 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4594
4595 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4596 (lambda ()
4597 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4598 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4599 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4600 (concat \"make -k \"
4601 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4602
4603 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4604 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4605
4606 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4607 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4608 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4609 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4610
4611 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4612
4613 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4614 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4615 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4616 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4617
4618 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4619 and move to the source code that caused it.
4620
4621 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4622 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4623
4624 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4625 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4626 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4627 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4628
4629 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4630 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4631 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4632 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4633 subprocesses.
4634
4635 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4636 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4637 to a function that generates a unique name.
4638
4639 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4640
4641 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4642 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4643 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4644 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4645
4646 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4647 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4648 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4649 to determine the buffer name.
4650
4651 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4652 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4653 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4654
4655 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4656
4657 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4658
4659 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4660 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4661 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4662 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4663 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4664
4665 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4666
4667 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4668
4669 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4670
4671 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4672 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4673 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4674 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4675 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4676 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4677 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4678
4679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4680
4681 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4682 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4683 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4684 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4685 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4686 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4687
4688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4689
4690 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4691 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4692 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4693
4694 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4695
4696 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4697
4698 ;;;***
4699 \f
4700 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4701 ;;;;;; (17954 15344))
4702 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4703
4704 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4705 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4706 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4707 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4708 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4709 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4710
4711 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4712
4713 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4714 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4715 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4716
4717 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4718 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4719 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4720 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4721
4722 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4723 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4724 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4725 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4726
4727 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4728 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4729 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4730 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4731
4732 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4733 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4734 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4735 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4736 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4737
4738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4739
4740 ;;;***
4741 \f
4742 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4743 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
4744 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4745
4746 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4747 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4748 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4750 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4751 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4752
4753 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4754
4755 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4756 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4757
4758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4759
4760 ;;;***
4761 \f
4762 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4763 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4764 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4765 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17842 58280))
4766 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4767
4768 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4769 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4770 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4771 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4772 `make-composition'.
4773
4774 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4775
4776 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4777 | | 1:tc or top-center
4778 | | 2:tr or top-right
4779 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4780 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4781 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4782 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4783 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4784 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4785
4786 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4787 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4788 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4789 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4790 be added.
4791
4792 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4793 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4794 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4795
4796 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4797 | | |
4798 | global| |
4799 | glyph | |
4800 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4801 +----+--*--+
4802 | | new |
4803 | |glyph|
4804 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4805 ")
4806
4807 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4808 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4809 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4810 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4811
4812 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4813
4814 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4815 Compose characters in the current region.
4816
4817 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4818 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4819
4820 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4821
4822 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4823 specifying the region.
4824
4825 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4826 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4827 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4828
4829 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4830 of the text in the region.
4831
4832 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4833
4834 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4835 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4836 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4837 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4838
4839 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4840 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4841 detail.
4842
4843 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4844 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4845 text in the composition.
4846
4847 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4848
4849 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4850 Decompose text in the current region.
4851
4852 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4853 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4854
4855 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4856
4857 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4858 Compose characters in string STRING.
4859
4860 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4861 the characters in it.
4862
4863 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4864 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4865 STRING respectively.
4866
4867 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4868 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4869 `compose-region' for more detail.
4870
4871 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4872 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4873 text in the composition.
4874
4875 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4876
4877 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4878 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4879
4880 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4881
4882 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4883 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4884 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4885 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4886 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4887 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4888 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4889 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4890
4891 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4892
4893 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4894 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4895
4896 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4897 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4898
4899 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4900 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4901
4902 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4903 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4904
4905 If no composition is found, return nil.
4906
4907 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4908 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4909
4910 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4911 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4912 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4913
4914 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4915
4916 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4917
4918 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4919 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4920 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4921
4922 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4923
4924 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4925
4926 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4927
4928 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4929 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4930
4931 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4932 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4933 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4934 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4935 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4936 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4937 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4938 nil.
4939
4940 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4941 is:
4942 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4943 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4944
4945 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4946
4947 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4948 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4949
4950 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4951
4952 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4953
4954 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4955 Compose last characters.
4956 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4957 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4958 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4959 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4960 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4961 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4962 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4963 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4964 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4965 after a sequence of character events.
4966
4967 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4968 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4969
4970 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4971 Convert CHAR to string.
4972
4973 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4974 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4975 vector of CHAR respectively.
4976 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4977
4978 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4979
4980 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4981
4982 ;;;***
4983 \f
4984 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4985 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4986 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4987 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4989
4990 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4991 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4992 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4993 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4994 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4995 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4996 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4997
4998 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4999 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5000 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5001
5002 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5003 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5004 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5005
5006 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5007 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5008 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5009 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5010
5011 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5012 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5013 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5014 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5015 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5016 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5017 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5018
5019 \\{conf-mode-map}
5020
5021 \(fn)" t nil)
5022
5023 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5024 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5025 Comments start with `#'.
5026 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5027
5028 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5029
5030 \[Desktop Entry]
5031 Encoding=UTF-8
5032 Name=The GIMP
5033 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5034 Name[cs]=GIMP
5035
5036 \(fn)" t nil)
5037
5038 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5039 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5040 Comments start with `;'.
5041 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5042
5043 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5044
5045 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5046 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5047 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5048
5049 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5050 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5051
5052 \(fn)" t nil)
5053
5054 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5055 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5056 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5057 between `/*' and `*/'.
5058 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5059
5060 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5061 // another kind of comment
5062 /* yet another */
5063
5064 name:value
5065 name=value
5066 name value
5067 x.1 =
5068 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5069 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5070
5071 \(fn)" t nil)
5072
5073 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5074 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5075 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5076 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5077 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5078 `conf-space-keywords'.
5079 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5080 in an interactive fashion instead.
5081
5082 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5083
5084 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5085
5086 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5087 image/png png
5088 image/tiff tiff tif
5089
5090 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5091 class desktop
5092 # Standard multimedia devices
5093 add /dev/audio desktop
5094 add /dev/mixer desktop
5095
5096 \(fn)" t nil)
5097
5098 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5099 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5100 See `conf-space-mode'.
5101
5102 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5103
5104 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5105 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5106 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5107 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5108
5109 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5110
5111 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5112 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5113
5114 \(fn)" t nil)
5115
5116 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5117 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5118 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5119 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5120
5121 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5122
5123 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5124 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5125
5126 \(fn)" t nil)
5127
5128 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5129 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5130 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5131 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5132
5133 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5134
5135 *background: gray99
5136 *foreground: black
5137
5138 \(fn)" t nil)
5139
5140 ;;;***
5141 \f
5142 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5143 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17842 55395))
5144 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5145
5146 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5147 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5148 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5149 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5150
5151 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5152
5153 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5154 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5155 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5156 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5157
5158 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5159
5160 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5161 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5162 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5163 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5164
5165 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5166
5167 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5168 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5169
5170 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5171
5172 ;;;***
5173 \f
5174 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5175 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17842 54152))
5176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5177
5178 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5179 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5180 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5181 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5182 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5183 following the copyright are updated as well.
5184 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5185 interactively.
5186
5187 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5188
5189 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5190 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5191 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5192
5193 \(fn)" t nil)
5194
5195 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5196 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5197
5198 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5199
5200 ;;;***
5201 \f
5202 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5203 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17955 36604))
5204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5205
5206 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5207 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5208 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5209 Tab indents for Perl code.
5210 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5211 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5212
5213 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5214 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5215 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5216 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5217 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5218 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5219 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5220 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5221 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5222 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5223 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5224 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5225
5226 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5227
5228 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5229 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5230
5231 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5232
5233 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5234 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5235 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5236 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5237 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5238 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5239 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5240 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5241 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5242
5243 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5244
5245 bite if angry;
5246
5247 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5248 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5249 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5250 to nil.)
5251
5252 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5253 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5254 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5255
5256 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5257
5258 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5259 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5260 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5261 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5262 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5263
5264 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5265
5266 if (A) { B }
5267
5268 into
5269
5270 B if A;
5271
5272 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5273
5274 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5275 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5276 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5277 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5278 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5279 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5280 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5281 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5282 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5283 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5284 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5285 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5286 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5287
5288 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5289 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5290 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5291 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5292 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5293 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5294
5295 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5296 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5297 man via menu.
5298
5299 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5300 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5301 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5302 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5303 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5304
5305 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5306 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5307 span the needed amount of lines.
5308
5309 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5310 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5311 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5312 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5313
5314 Variables controlling indentation style:
5315 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5316 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5317 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5318 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5319 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5320 `cperl-auto-newline'
5321 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5322 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5323 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5324 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5325 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5326 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5327 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5328 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5329 `cperl-indent-level'
5330 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5331 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5332 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5333 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5334 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5335 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5336 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5337 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5338 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5339 `cperl-brace-offset'
5340 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5341 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5342 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5343 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5344 `cperl-label-offset'
5345 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5346 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5347 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5348
5349 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5350 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5351 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5352 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5353 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5354 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5355
5356 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5357 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5358 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5359 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5360
5361 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5362 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5363 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5364 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5365 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5366 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5367
5368 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5369 column 0 is indented on
5370 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5371
5372 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5373 with no args.
5374
5375 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5376 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5377 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5378
5379 \(fn)" t nil)
5380
5381 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5382 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5383
5384 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5385
5386 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5387 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5388
5389 \(fn)" t nil)
5390
5391 ;;;***
5392 \f
5393 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5394 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
5395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5396
5397 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5398 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5399 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5400 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5401 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5402
5403 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5404
5405 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5406 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5407
5408 \(fn)" t nil)
5409
5410 ;;;***
5411 \f
5412 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5413 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
5414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5415
5416 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5417 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5418 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5419 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5420
5421 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5422 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5423
5424 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5425
5426 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5427 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5428 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5429
5430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5431
5432 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5433
5434 ;;;***
5435 \f
5436 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5437 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
5438 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5439
5440 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5441 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5442 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5443 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5444
5445 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5446 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5447 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5448 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5449
5450 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5451 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5452 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5453
5454 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5455 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5456 'bob', and 'eve'.
5457
5458 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5459 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5460 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5461
5462 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5463
5464 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5465 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5466 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5467
5468 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5469
5470 ;;;***
5471 \f
5472 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5473 ;;;;;; (17888 45995))
5474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5475
5476 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5477 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5478 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5479 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5480 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5481 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5482
5483 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5484
5485 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5486 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5487 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5488 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5489 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5490
5491 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5492 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5493 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5494 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5495 function of these prefix keys.
5496
5497 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5498 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5499 options:
5500 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5501 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5502 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5503
5504 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5505 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5506 the prefix fallback behavior.
5507
5508 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5509 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5510 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5511 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5512
5513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5514
5515 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5516 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5517
5518 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5519 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5520 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5521 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5522 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5523 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5524 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5525 (if user-init-file (concat
5526 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5527 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5528
5529 ;;;***
5530 \f
5531 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5532 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5533 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5534 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5535 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5536 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5537 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5538 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5539 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5540 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5541 ;;;;;; (17952 11093))
5542 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5543
5544 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5545 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5546
5547 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5548
5549 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5550 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5551
5552 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5553
5554 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5555 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5556
5557 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5558 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5559
5560 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5561 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5562
5563 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5564 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5565
5566 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5567 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5568
5569 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5570
5571 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5572
5573 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5574 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5575 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5576
5577 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5578 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5579
5580 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5581 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5582
5583 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5584 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5585
5586 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5587
5588 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5589
5590 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5591 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5592 Return VALUE.
5593
5594 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5595 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5596
5597 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5598 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5599
5600 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5601 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5602
5603 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5604
5605 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5606
5607 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5608 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5609 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5610 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5611 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5612
5613 \(fn)" t nil)
5614
5615 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5616 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5617 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5618 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5619
5620 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5621
5622 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5624
5625 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5626
5627 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5628 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5629
5630 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5631
5632 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5633
5634 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5635 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5636
5637 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5638
5639 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5640
5641 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5642 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5643 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5644
5645 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5646
5647 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5648 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5649 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5650 as part of Emacs itself.
5651
5652 Each elements looks like this:
5653
5654 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5655
5656 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5657 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5658 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5659 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5660 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5661 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5662 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5663 and `defface'.
5664
5665 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5666
5667 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5668 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5669 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5670 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5671 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5672
5673 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5674 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5675 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5676 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5677
5678 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5679
5680 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5681 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5682 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5683 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5684 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5685
5686 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5687 that were added or redefined since that version.
5688
5689 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5690
5691 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5692 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5693 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5694 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5695
5696 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5697 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5698
5699 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5700
5701 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5702 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5703 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5704
5705 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5706 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5707
5708 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5709
5710 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5712
5713 \(fn)" t nil)
5714
5715 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5716 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5717
5718 \(fn)" t nil)
5719
5720 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5721 Customize all already saved user options.
5722
5723 \(fn)" t nil)
5724
5725 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5726 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5727 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5728 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5729 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5730 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5731 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5732 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5733
5734 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5735
5736 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5737 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5738 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5739 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5740
5741 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5742
5743 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5744 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5745
5746 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5749 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5750
5751 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5752
5753 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5754 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5755 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5756 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5757 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5758 that option.
5759
5760 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5761
5762 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5763 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5764 The result includes selecting that window.
5765 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5766 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5767 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5768 that option.
5769
5770 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5771
5772 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5773 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5774
5775 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5776
5777 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5778 File used for storing customization information.
5779 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5780 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5781 it should be an absolute file name.
5782
5783 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5784 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5785 something like the following in your init file:
5786
5787 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5788 \(load custom-file)
5789
5790 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5791 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5792
5793 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5794 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5795 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5796 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5797 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5798
5799 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5800 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5801 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5802 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5803 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5804 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5805 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5806 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5807 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5808 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5809
5810 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5814
5815 \(fn)" nil nil)
5816
5817 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5818 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5819
5820 \(fn)" t nil)
5821
5822 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5823 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5824 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5825
5826 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5827
5828 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5829 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5830 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5831 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5832 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5833
5834 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5835
5836 ;;;***
5837 \f
5838 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5839 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17842 58280))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5841
5842 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5843 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5844
5845 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5846
5847 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5848 Alist of face attributes.
5849
5850 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5851 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5852 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5853 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5854 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5855 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5856
5857 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5858 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5859 customization type TYPE).
5860
5861 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5862 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5863 given face attribute.")
5864
5865 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5866 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5867 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5868 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5869
5870 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5871
5872 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5873 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5874 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5875 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5876 between themes and faces.
5877 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5878
5879 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5880 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5881
5882 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5883
5884 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5885 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5886 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5887
5888 (FACE IGNORED)
5889
5890 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5891
5892 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5893
5894 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5895 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5896 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5897
5898 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5899
5900 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5901
5902 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5903
5904 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5905
5906 ;;;***
5907 \f
5908 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5909 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5910 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5911
5912 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5913 Create a custom theme.
5914
5915 \(fn)" t nil)
5916
5917 ;;;***
5918 \f
5919 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5920 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5922
5923 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5924 Mode used for cvs status output.
5925
5926 \(fn)" t nil)
5927
5928 ;;;***
5929 \f
5930 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5931 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17860 50532))
5932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5933
5934 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5935 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5936
5937 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5938 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5939 C++ modes are included.
5940
5941 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5942
5943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5944
5945 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5946 Turn on CWarn mode.
5947
5948 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5949 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5950
5951 \(fn)" nil nil)
5952
5953 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5954 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5955 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5957 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5958 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5959
5960 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
5961
5962 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5963 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5964 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5965 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5966 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5967
5968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5969
5970 ;;;***
5971 \f
5972 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5973 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5974 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
5975 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5976
5977 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5978 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5979
5980 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5981
5982 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5983 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5984
5985 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5986
5987 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5988 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5989 For readability, the table is slightly
5990 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5991
5992 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5993 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5994 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5995 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5996 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5997
5998 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5999
6000 ;;;***
6001 \f
6002 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6003 ;;;;;; (18006 55794))
6004 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6005 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6006 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6007
6008 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6009 Completion on current word.
6010 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6011 and presents suggestions for completion.
6012
6013 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6014 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6015 completions.
6016
6017 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6018 then it searches *all* buffers.
6019
6020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6021
6022 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6023 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6024
6025 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6026 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6027 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6028 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6029 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6030
6031 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6032 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6033
6034 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6035 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6036 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6037
6038 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6039 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6040
6041 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6042
6043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6044
6045 ;;;***
6046 \f
6047 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17949
6048 ;;;;;; 41468))
6049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6050
6051 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6052 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6053
6054 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6055 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6056 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6057
6058 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6059 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6060 Data lines are not indented.
6061
6062 Key bindings:
6063
6064 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6065 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6066
6067 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6068 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6069 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6070 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6071
6072 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6073
6074 dcl-basic-offset
6075 Extra indentation within blocks.
6076
6077 dcl-continuation-offset
6078 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6079
6080 dcl-margin-offset
6081 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6082
6083 dcl-margin-label-offset
6084 Indentation for a label.
6085
6086 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6087 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6088
6089 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6090 dcl-block-end-regexp
6091 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6092 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6093 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6094 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6095 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6096
6097 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6098 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6099 Two such functions are included in the package:
6100 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6101 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6102
6103 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6104 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6105 One such function is included in the package:
6106 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6107
6108 dcl-tab-always-indent
6109 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6110 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6111 margin.
6112
6113 dcl-electric-characters
6114 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6115 typed.
6116
6117 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6118 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6119 which words trigger electric indentation.
6120
6121 dcl-tempo-comma
6122 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6123 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6124 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6125
6126 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6127 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6128 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6129 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6130
6131 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6132 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6133 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6134 dcl-imenu-label-call
6135 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6136
6137 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6138 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6139 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6140 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6141
6142
6143 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6144
6145 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6146 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6147 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6148 $ i = 1
6149 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6150 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6151 $ label:
6152 $ if i.eq.1
6153 $ then
6154 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6155 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6156 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6157 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6158 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6159 \"lined up with the command line\"
6160 $ type sys$input
6161 Data lines are not indented at all.
6162 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6163 $ endif
6164 $
6165
6166
6167 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6168 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6169
6170 \(fn)" t nil)
6171
6172 ;;;***
6173 \f
6174 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6175 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17842 54152))
6176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6177
6178 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6179
6180 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6181 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6182 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6183 of the evaluator.
6184
6185 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6186 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6187 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6188
6189 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6190
6191 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6192 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6193
6194 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6195
6196 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6197 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6198 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6199 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6200 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6201 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6202
6203 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6204 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6205
6206 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6207
6208 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6209 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6210 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6211 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6212 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6213
6214 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6215
6216 ;;;***
6217 \f
6218 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6219 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
6220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6221
6222 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6223 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6224
6225 \(fn)" t nil)
6226
6227 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6228 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6229 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6230 Upper-case letters are commands.
6231
6232 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6233 modify it.
6234
6235 The most useful commands are:
6236 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6237 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6238 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6239 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6240 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6241 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6242
6243 \(fn)" t nil)
6244
6245 ;;;***
6246 \f
6247 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6248 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17842
6249 ;;;;;; 58280))
6250 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6251
6252 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6253 Customization of `columns' group.
6254
6255 \(fn)" t nil)
6256
6257 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6258 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6259
6260 START and END delimits the text region.
6261
6262 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6265 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6266
6267 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6268
6269 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6270
6271 ;;;***
6272 \f
6273 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17842
6274 ;;;;;; 56333))
6275 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6276
6277 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6278 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6279 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6280 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6281 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6282 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6283
6284 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6285
6286 Customization:
6287
6288 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6289 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6290 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6291 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6292 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6293 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6294 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6295 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6296 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6297 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6298 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6299 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6300 blank line.
6301 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6302 Directories to search when finding external units.
6303 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6304 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6305
6306 Coloring:
6307
6308 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6309 Face used to color delphi comments.
6310 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6311 Face used to color delphi strings.
6312 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6313 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6314 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6315 Face used to color everything else.
6316
6317 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6318 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6319
6320 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6321
6322 ;;;***
6323 \f
6324 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17842
6325 ;;;;;; 58280))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6327
6328 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6329
6330 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6331 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6332 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6334 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6335 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6336
6337 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6338
6339 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6340 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6341 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6342 positive.
6343
6344 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6345 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6346 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6347 any selection.
6348
6349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6350
6351 ;;;***
6352 \f
6353 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6354 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17842 54152))
6355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6356
6357 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6358 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6359
6360 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6361
6362 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6363 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6364 or nil if there is no parent.
6365 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6366 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6367 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6368 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6369 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6370
6371 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6372 arguments are currently understood:
6373 :group GROUP
6374 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6375 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6376 :syntax-table TABLE
6377 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6378 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6379 :abbrev-table TABLE
6380 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6381 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6382
6383 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6384
6385 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6386
6387 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6388 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6389 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6390
6391 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6392 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6393
6394 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6395 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6396 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6397
6398 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6399 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6400
6401 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6402 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6403
6404 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6405
6406 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6407
6408 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6409 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6410 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6411 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6412 the first time the mode is used.
6413
6414 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6415
6416 ;;;***
6417 \f
6418 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6419 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17874 62047))
6420 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6421
6422 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6423 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6424 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6425 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6426 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6427 otherwise.
6428
6429 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6430
6431 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6432 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6433 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6434 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6435 character composition information (if relevant),
6436 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6437
6438 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6439
6440 ;;;***
6441 \f
6442 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6443 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6444 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6445 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17949 41467))
6446 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6447
6448 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6449 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6450 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6451
6452 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6453
6454 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6455 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6456 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6457 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6458 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6459 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6460
6461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6462
6463 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6464 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6465 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6466 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6467
6468 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6469
6470 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6471 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6472 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6473
6474 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6475 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6476 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6477
6478 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6479 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6480
6481 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6482 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6483 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6484
6485 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6486 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6487 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6488 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6489
6490 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6491
6492 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6493 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6494
6495 Handlers are called with argument list
6496
6497 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6498
6499 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6500
6501 desktop-file-version
6502 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6503 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6504 desktop-buffer-point
6505 desktop-buffer-mark
6506 desktop-buffer-read-only
6507 desktop-buffer-locals
6508
6509 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6510 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6511
6512 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6513 code like
6514
6515 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6516 ...
6517 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6518 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6519
6520 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6521
6522 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6523
6524 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6525 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6526 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6527 List elements must have the form
6528
6529 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6530
6531 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6532 function.
6533
6534 Handlers are called with argument list
6535
6536 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6537
6538 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6539
6540 desktop-file-version
6541 desktop-buffer-file-name
6542 desktop-buffer-name
6543 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6544 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6545 desktop-buffer-point
6546 desktop-buffer-mark
6547 desktop-buffer-read-only
6548 desktop-buffer-misc
6549
6550 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6551 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6552 created and set.
6553
6554 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6555 code like
6556
6557 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6558 ...
6559 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6560 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6561
6562 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6563
6564 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6565
6566 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6567
6568 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6569 Empty the Desktop.
6570 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6571 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6572 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6573
6574 \(fn)" t nil)
6575
6576 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6577 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6578 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6579 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6580
6581 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6582
6583 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6584 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6585 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6586
6587 \(fn)" t nil)
6588
6589 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6590 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6591 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6592 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6593 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6594 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6595 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6596 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6597
6598 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6599
6600 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6601 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6602 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6603
6604 \(fn)" nil nil)
6605
6606 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6607 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6608 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6609 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6610 directory DIRNAME.
6611
6612 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6613
6614 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6615 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6616
6617 \(fn)" t nil)
6618
6619 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6620 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6621
6622 \(fn)" t nil)
6623
6624 ;;;***
6625 \f
6626 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6627 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6628 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17842 54741))
6629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6630
6631 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6632 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6633 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6634 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6635 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6636 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6637
6638 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6639
6640 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6641 Repair a broken attribution line.
6642 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6643
6644 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6645
6646 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6647 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6648 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6649 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6650
6651 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6652
6653 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6654 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6655
6656 \(fn)" t nil)
6657
6658 ;;;***
6659 \f
6660 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6661 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17842 58278))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6663
6664 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6665
6666 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6667 Not documented
6668
6669 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6670
6671 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6672 Not documented
6673
6674 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6675
6676 ;;;***
6677 \f
6678 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6679 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17958 11887))
6680 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6681
6682 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6683 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6684 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6685 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6686 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6687
6688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6689
6690 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6691 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6692 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6693 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6694
6695 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6696 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6697 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6698 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6699
6700 #!/bin/sh
6701 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6702 emacs -batch \\
6703 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6704 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6705 european-calendar-style t \\
6706 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6707 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6708 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6709
6710 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6711 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6712 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6713 to run it every morning at 1am.
6714
6715 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6716
6717 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6718 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6719
6720 \(fn)" t nil)
6721
6722 ;;;***
6723 \f
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6725 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17992 30877))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6727
6728 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6729 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6730
6731 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6732
6733 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6734 *The command to use to run diff.")
6735
6736 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6737
6738 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6739 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6740 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6741 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6742 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6743 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6744
6745 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6746
6747 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6748 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6749 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6750 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6751 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6752 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6753
6754 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6755
6756 ;;;***
6757 \f
6758 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6759 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
6760 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6761
6762 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6763 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6764 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6765 normal diffs.
6766
6767 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6768 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6769 headers for you on-the-fly.
6770
6771 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6772 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6773 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6774
6775 \\{diff-mode-map}
6776
6777 \(fn)" t nil)
6778
6779 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6780 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6781 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6782
6783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6784
6785 ;;;***
6786 \f
6787 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6788 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6789 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6790 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6791 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18015 32019))
6792 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6793
6794 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6795 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6796 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6797 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6798 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6799 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6800 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6801 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6802
6803 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6804
6805 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6806 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6807
6808 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6809 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6810 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6811 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6812 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6813
6814 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6815 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6816
6817 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6818 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6819 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6820 always set this variable to t.")
6821
6822 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6823
6824 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6825 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6826 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6827 A value of t means move to first file.")
6828
6829 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6830
6831 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6832 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6833 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6834 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6835 are afterward marked with that character.")
6836
6837 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6838
6839 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6840 *Controls marking of copied files.
6841 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6842 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6843
6844 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6845
6846 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6847 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6848 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6849 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6850
6851 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6852
6853 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6854 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6855 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6856 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6857
6858 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6859
6860 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6861 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6862 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6863 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6864
6865 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6866
6867 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6868
6869 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6870 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6871 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6872
6873 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6874
6875 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6876 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6877 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6878 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6879 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6880 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6881
6882 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6883 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6884 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6885 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6886 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6887 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6888 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6889 list of files to make directory entries for.
6890 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6891 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6892 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6893 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6894
6895 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6896
6897 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6898 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6899
6900 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6901 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6902
6903 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6904 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6905
6906 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6907 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6908
6909 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6910
6911 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6912 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6913
6914 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6915
6916 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6917 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6918 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6919 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6920 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6921 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6922 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6923 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6924 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6925 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6926 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6927 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6928 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6929 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6930 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6931 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6932 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6933 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6934 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6935 to see why something went wrong.
6936 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6937 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6938 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6939 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6940 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6941 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6942 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6943 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6944 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6945 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6946 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6947 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6948 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6949
6950 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6951 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6952 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6953 again for the directory tree.
6954
6955 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6956 for more info):
6957
6958 `dired-listing-switches'
6959 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6960 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6961 `dired-marker-char'
6962 `dired-del-marker'
6963 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6964 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6965 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6966 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6967
6968 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6969
6970 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6971 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6972 `dired-mode-hook'
6973 `dired-load-hook'
6974
6975 Keybindings:
6976 \\{dired-mode-map}
6977
6978 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6979 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6980
6981 ;;;***
6982 \f
6983 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6984 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6985 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6986 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6987 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6988 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6989 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6990 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6991 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6992 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6993 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6994 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6995 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6996 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17859 20444))
6997 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6998
6999 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7000 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7001 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7002 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7003 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7004 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7005 which is options for `diff'.
7006
7007 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7008
7009 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7010 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7011 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7012 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7013 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7014 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7015
7016 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7017
7018 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7019 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7020 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7021 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7022 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7023 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7024 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7025
7026 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7027
7028 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7029 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7030 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7031 returned by function `file-attributes'
7032
7033 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7034 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7035
7036 Examples of PREDICATE:
7037
7038 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7039 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7040 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7041 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7042 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7043
7044 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7045
7046 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7047 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7048 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7049
7050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7051
7052 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7053 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7054
7055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7056
7057 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7058 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7059
7060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7061
7062 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7063 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7064 This calls touch.
7065
7066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7067
7068 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7069 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7070 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7071 `lpr-switches' as default.
7072
7073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7074
7075 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7076 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7077 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7078 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7079 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7080
7081 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7082 with a prefix argument.
7083
7084 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7085
7086 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7087 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7088 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7089 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7090 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7091
7092 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7093 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7094
7095 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7096 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7097 file name substituted for `?'.
7098
7099 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7100 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7101
7102 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7103 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7104 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7105 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7106
7107 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7108
7109 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7110 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7111 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7112
7113 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7114 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7115 in a subdir.
7116
7117 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7118 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7119 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7120
7121 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7122
7123 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7124 Not documented
7125
7126 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7127
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7130 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7131 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7132 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7133 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7134 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7135 from the buffer as well.
7136 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7137 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7138 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7139
7140 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7141
7142 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7143 Not documented
7144
7145 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7146
7147 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7148 Not documented
7149
7150 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7151
7152 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7153 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7154
7155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7156
7157 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7158 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7159
7160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7161
7162 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7163 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7164
7165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7166
7167 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7168 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7169 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7170 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7171
7172 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7173 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7174 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7175 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7176 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7177 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7178 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7179
7180 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7181
7182 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7183 Not documented
7184
7185 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7186
7187 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7188 Not documented
7189
7190 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7191
7192 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7193 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7194
7195 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7196
7197 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7198 Not documented
7199
7200 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7201
7202 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7203 Not documented
7204
7205 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7206
7207 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7208 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7209
7210 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7211
7212 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7213 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7214 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7215 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7216 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7217 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7218 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7219 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7220 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7221
7222 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7223 like `cp -d'.
7224
7225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7226
7227 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7228 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7229 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7230 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7231 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7232 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7233 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7234 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7235
7236 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7237
7238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7239
7240 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7241 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7242 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7243 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7244 and new hard links are made in that directory
7245 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7246 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7247 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7248
7249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7250
7251 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7252 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7253 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7254 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7255 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7256 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7257 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7258
7259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7262 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7263
7264 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7265 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7266 file if none are marked.
7267
7268 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7269 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7270 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7271 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7272
7273 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7274 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7275
7276 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7279 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7280 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7281
7282 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7283
7284 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7285 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7286 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7287
7288 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7289
7290 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7291 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7292 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7293
7294 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7295
7296 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7297 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7298
7299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7300
7301 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7302 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7303
7304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7305
7306 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7307 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7308 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7309 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7310 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7311 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7312 this subdirectory.
7313 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7314
7315 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7316 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7317 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7318 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7319 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7320 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7321 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7322
7323 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7324
7325 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7326 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7327 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7328 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7329 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7330 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7331 this subdirectory.
7332 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7333
7334 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7335
7336 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7337 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7338 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7339
7340 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7343 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7344 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7345 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7346
7347 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7350 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7351 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7352 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7353
7354 \(fn)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7358 Lower levels are unaffected.
7359
7360 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7363 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7364
7365 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7366
7367 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7368 Go down in the dired tree.
7369
7370 \(fn)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7373 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7374 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7375 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7376
7377 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7380 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7381 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7382 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7383
7384 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7385
7386 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7387 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7388 Stops when a match is found.
7389 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7390
7391 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7392
7393 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7394 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7395 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7396 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7397 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7398
7399 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7400
7401 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7402 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7403 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7404 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7405
7406 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7407
7408 ;;;***
7409 \f
7410 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7411 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
7412 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7413
7414 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7415 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7416 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7417 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7418 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7419 buffer and try again.
7420
7421 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7422
7423 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7424 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7425 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7426 This creates relative symbolic links like
7427
7428 foo -> ../bar/foo
7429
7430 not absolute ones like
7431
7432 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7433
7434 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7435
7436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7437
7438 ;;;***
7439 \f
7440 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17842 58280))
7441 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7442
7443 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7444 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7445 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7446
7447 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7448
7449 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7450 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7451
7452 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7453 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7454
7455 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7456
7457 ;;;***
7458 \f
7459 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17842
7460 ;;;;;; 54152))
7461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7462
7463 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7464 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7465 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7466 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7467 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7468 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7469
7470 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7471
7472 ;;;***
7473 \f
7474 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7475 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7476 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7477 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7478 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7479 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17874 62056))
7480 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7481
7482 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7483 Return a new, empty display table.
7484
7485 \(fn)" nil nil)
7486
7487 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7488 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7489 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7490 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7491 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7492
7493 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7494
7495 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7496 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7497 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7498 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7499 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7500
7501 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7502
7503 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7504 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7505
7506 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7507
7508 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7509 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7510
7511 \(fn)" t nil)
7512
7513 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7514 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7515
7516 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7517
7518 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7519 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7520
7521 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7522
7523 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7524 Display character C using printable string S.
7525
7526 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7527
7528 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7529 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7530 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7531 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7532
7533 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7534
7535 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7536 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7537 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7538 X frame.
7539
7540 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7541
7542 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7543 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7544
7545 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7546
7547 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7548 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7549
7550 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7551
7552 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7553 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7554
7555 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7556
7557 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7558 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7559
7560 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7561
7562 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7563 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7564
7565 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7566
7567 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7568 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7569
7570 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7571 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7572 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7573 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7574
7575 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7576 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7577 European character display.
7578
7579 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7580 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7581 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7582 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7583
7584 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7585 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7586 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7587 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7588 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7589
7590 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7591
7592 ;;;***
7593 \f
7594 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7595 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7597
7598 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7599 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7600 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7601 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7602 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7603 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7604 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7605 Default is 2.
7606
7607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7608
7609 ;;;***
7610 \f
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17949 41467))
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7613
7614 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7615 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7616 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7617 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7618 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7619 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7620 private or ask).
7621 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7622 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7623 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7624 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7625 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7626
7627 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7628
7629 ;;;***
7630 \f
7631 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7632 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17842 58277))
7633 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7634
7635 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7636 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7637 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7638 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7639 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7640 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7641 table and its own syntax table.
7642
7643 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7644
7645 \(fn)" t nil)
7646 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7647
7648 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7649 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7650
7651 \(fn)" t nil)
7652 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7653
7654 ;;;***
7655 \f
7656 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17941 38806))
7657 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7658
7659 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7660 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7661
7662 \(fn)" t nil)
7663
7664 ;;;***
7665 \f
7666 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7667 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7669
7670 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7671 Toggle Double mode.
7672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7673 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7674
7675 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7676
7677 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7678 Toggle Double mode.
7679 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7680
7681 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7682 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7683
7684 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7685
7686 ;;;***
7687 \f
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17842 55395))
7689 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7690
7691 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7692 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7693
7694 \(fn)" t nil)
7695
7696 ;;;***
7697 \f
7698 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7699 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7701
7702 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7703 Play sounds in message buffers.
7704
7705 \(fn)" t nil)
7706
7707 ;;;***
7708 \f
7709 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7710 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7711 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17992 30878))
7712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7713
7714 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7715
7716 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7717 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7718 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7719 and toggle command MODE.
7720
7721 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7722 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7723 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7724 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7725 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7726 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7727 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7728 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7729 used (see below).
7730
7731 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7732 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7733 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7734 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7735 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7736 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7737 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7738 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7739 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7740 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7741 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7742 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7743 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7744 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7745 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7746 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7747 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7748
7749 For example, you could write
7750 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7751 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7752 ...BODY CODE...)
7753
7754 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7755
7756 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7757
7758 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7759
7760 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7761 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7762 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7763 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7764 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7765 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7766 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7767 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7768 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7769 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7770 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7771 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7772
7773 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7774 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7775 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7776 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7777 call another major mode in their body.
7778
7779 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7780
7781 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7782 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7783 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7784 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7785 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7786 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7787 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7788
7789 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7790
7791 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7792 Not documented
7793
7794 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7795
7796 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7797 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7798 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7799
7800 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7801
7802 ;;;***
7803 \f
7804 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7805 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17842
7806 ;;;;;; 54152))
7807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7808
7809 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7810
7811 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7812 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7813
7814 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7815 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7816 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7817
7818 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7819 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7820
7821 :filter FUNCTION
7822
7823 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7824 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7825
7826 :visible INCLUDE
7827
7828 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7829 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7830
7831 :active ENABLE
7832
7833 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7834 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7835
7836 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7837
7838 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7839
7840 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7841
7842 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7843 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7844
7845 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7846 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7847
7848 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7849
7850 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7851
7852 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7853
7854 :keys KEYS
7855
7856 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7857 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7858 computed automatically.
7859 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7860
7861 :key-sequence KEYS
7862
7863 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7864 menu item.
7865 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7866 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7867 keyboard equivalent.
7868
7869 :active ENABLE
7870
7871 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7872 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7873
7874 :visible INCLUDE
7875
7876 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7877 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7878
7879 :suffix FORM
7880
7881 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7882 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7883
7884 :style STYLE
7885
7886 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7887 defined:
7888
7889 toggle: A checkbox.
7890 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7891 radio: A radio button.
7892 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7893 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7894 menu bar itself.
7895 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7896
7897 :selected SELECTED
7898
7899 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7900 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7901
7902 :help HELP
7903
7904 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7905
7906 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7907 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7908 as a solid horizontal line.
7909
7910 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7911
7912 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7913
7914 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7915 Not documented
7916
7917 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7918
7919 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7920 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7921 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7922 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7923
7924 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7925
7926 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7927 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7928 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7929 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7930 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7931 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7932
7933 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7934 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7935 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7936
7937 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7938 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7939 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7940
7941 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7942 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7943
7944 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7945
7946 ;;;***
7947 \f
7948 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7949 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7950 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7951 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7952 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7953 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7954 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7955 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17952 11093))
7956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7957
7958 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7959 Customization for ebnf group.
7960
7961 \(fn)" t nil)
7962
7963 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7964 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7965
7966 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7967
7968 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7969 processed.
7970
7971 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7972
7973 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7974
7975 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7976 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7977
7978 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7979 killed after process termination.
7980
7981 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7982
7983 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7984
7985 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7986 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7987
7988 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7989 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7990 it to the printer.
7991
7992 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7993 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7994 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7995 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7996
7997 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7998
7999 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8000 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8001 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8002
8003 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8004
8005 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8006 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8007
8008 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8009
8010 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8011 processed.
8012
8013 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8014
8015 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8016
8017 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8018 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8019
8020 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8021 killed after process termination.
8022
8023 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8024
8025 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8026
8027 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8028 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8029 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8030 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8031
8032 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8033
8034 \(fn)" t nil)
8035
8036 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8037 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8038 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8039
8040 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8041
8042 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8043
8044 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8045 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8046
8047 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8048
8049 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8050 processed.
8051
8052 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8053
8054 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8055
8056 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8057 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8058
8059 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8060 killed after EPS generation.
8061
8062 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8063
8064 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8065
8066 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8067 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8068
8069 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8070 The EPS file name has the following form:
8071
8072 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8073
8074 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8075 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8076
8077 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8078 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8079 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8080 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8081 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8082
8083 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8084 files.
8085
8086 \(fn)" t nil)
8087
8088 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8089 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8090
8091 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8092 The EPS file name has the following form:
8093
8094 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8095
8096 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8097 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8098
8099 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8100 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8101 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8102 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8103 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8104
8105 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8106 files.
8107
8108 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8109
8110 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8111
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8114
8115 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8116
8117 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8118 are processed.
8119
8120 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8121
8122 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8123
8124 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8125 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8126
8127 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8128 killed after syntax checking.
8129
8130 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8131
8132 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8133
8134 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8135 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8136
8137 \(fn)" t nil)
8138
8139 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8140 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8141
8142 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8143
8144 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8145 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8146
8147 \(fn)" nil nil)
8148
8149 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8150 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8151
8152 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8153
8154 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8155
8156 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8157 Delete style NAME.
8158
8159 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8160
8161 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8162
8163 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8164 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8165
8166 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8167
8168 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8169
8170 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8171 Set STYLE as the current style.
8172
8173 Returns the old style symbol.
8174
8175 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8176
8177 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8178
8179 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8180 Reset current style.
8181
8182 Returns the old style symbol.
8183
8184 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8185
8186 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8187
8188 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8189 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8190
8191 Returns the old style symbol.
8192
8193 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8194
8195 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8196
8197 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8198
8199 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8200 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8201
8202 Returns the old style symbol.
8203
8204 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8205
8206 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8207
8208 \(fn)" t nil)
8209
8210 ;;;***
8211 \f
8212 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8213 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8214 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8215 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8216 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8217 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8218 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8219 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8220 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8221 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8222 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17821
8223 ;;;;;; 5918))
8224 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8225
8226 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8227 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8228 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8229 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8230 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8231 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8232
8233 Tree mode key bindings:
8234 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8235
8236 \(fn)" t nil)
8237
8238 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8239 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8240
8241 \(fn)" t nil)
8242
8243 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8244 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8245
8246 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8247
8248 \(fn)" nil nil)
8249
8250 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8251 View declaration of member at point.
8252
8253 \(fn)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8256 Find declaration of member at point.
8257
8258 \(fn)" t nil)
8259
8260 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8261 View definition of member at point.
8262
8263 \(fn)" t nil)
8264
8265 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8266 Find definition of member at point.
8267
8268 \(fn)" t nil)
8269
8270 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8271 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8272
8273 \(fn)" t nil)
8274
8275 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8276 View definition of member at point in other window.
8277
8278 \(fn)" t nil)
8279
8280 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8281 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8282
8283 \(fn)" t nil)
8284
8285 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8286 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8287
8288 \(fn)" t nil)
8289
8290 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8291 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8292
8293 \(fn)" t nil)
8294
8295 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8296 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8297
8298 \(fn)" t nil)
8299
8300 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8301 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8302 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8303 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8304 completion.
8305
8306 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8307
8308 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8309 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8310 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8311 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8312
8313 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8314
8315 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8316 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8317 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8318 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8319
8320 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8321
8322 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8323 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8324 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8325
8326 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8327
8328 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8329 Search for call sites of a member.
8330 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8331 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8332 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8333 looks like a function call to the member.
8334
8335 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8336
8337 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8338 Move backward in the position stack.
8339 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8340
8341 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8342
8343 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8344 Move forward in the position stack.
8345 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8346
8347 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8348
8349 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8350 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8351
8352 \(fn)" t nil)
8353
8354 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8355 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8356
8357 \(fn)" t nil)
8358
8359 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8360 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8361 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8362 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8363
8364 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8365
8366 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8367 Display statistics for a class tree.
8368
8369 \(fn)" t nil)
8370
8371 ;;;***
8372 \f
8373 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8374 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8375 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8376
8377 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8378 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8379 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8380 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8381
8382 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8383 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8384 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8385
8386 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8387 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8388 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8389
8390 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8391
8392 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8393
8394 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8395
8396 ;;;***
8397 \f
8398 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8399 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17842 58280))
8400 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8401
8402 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8403 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8404 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8405
8406 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8407
8408 ;;;***
8409 \f
8410 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8411 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8412 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17952 11093))
8413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8414
8415 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8416 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8417 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8418 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8419 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8420
8421 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8422 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8423 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8424 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8425
8426 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8427
8428 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8429 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8430 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8431 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8432
8433 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8434
8435 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8436 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8437 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8438 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8439
8440 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8441
8442 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8443
8444 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8445 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8446 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8447 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8448 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8449
8450 If you do this on a function definition
8451 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8452 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8453 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8454 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8455
8456 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8457 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8458 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8459 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8460 already is one.)
8461
8462 \(fn)" t nil)
8463
8464 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8465 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8466
8467 \(fn)" t nil)
8468
8469 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8470 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8471
8472 \(fn)" t nil)
8473
8474 ;;;***
8475 \f
8476 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8477 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8478 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8479 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8480 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8481 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8482 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8483 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8484 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8485 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17846 30361))
8486 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8487
8488 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8489 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8490
8491 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8492
8493 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8494 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8495
8496 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8497
8498 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8499
8500 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8501
8502 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8503 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8504 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8505 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8506
8507 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8508
8509 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8510 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8511
8512 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8513
8514 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8515
8516 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8517 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8518
8519 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8520
8521 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8522
8523 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8524 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8525 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8526 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8527
8528 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8529
8530 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8531
8532 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8533 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8534 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8535 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8536
8537 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8538
8539 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8540
8541 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8542 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8543 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8544 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8545
8546 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8547
8548 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8549
8550 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8551 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8552 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8553 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8554
8555 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8556
8557 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8558
8559 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8560 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8561 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8562 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8563 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8564 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8565
8566 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8567
8568 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8569 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8570 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8571 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8572
8573 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8574
8575 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8576
8577 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8578 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8579 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8580 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8581
8582 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8583
8584 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8585
8586 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8587
8588 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8589 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8590 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8591 follows:
8592 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8593 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8594
8595 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8596
8597 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8598 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8599 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8600 follows:
8601 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8602 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8603
8604 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8605
8606 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8607 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8608 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8609 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8610 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8611
8612 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8613
8614 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8615 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8616 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8617 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8618 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8619 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8620
8621 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8622
8623 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8624
8625 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8626 Merge two files without ancestor.
8627
8628 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8629
8630 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8631 Merge two files with ancestor.
8632
8633 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8634
8635 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8636
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8638 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8639
8640 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8641
8642 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8643 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8644
8645 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8646
8647 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8648 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8649 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8650 buffer.
8651
8652 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8653
8654 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8655 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8656 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8657 buffer.
8658
8659 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8660
8661 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8662 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8663 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8664 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8665
8666 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8667
8668 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8669 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8670 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8671 and don't ask the user.
8672 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8673 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8674
8675 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8676
8677 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8678 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8679 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8680 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8681 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8682 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8683 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8684 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8685
8686 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8687
8688 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8689
8690 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8691
8692 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8693 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8694 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8695 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8696 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8697
8698 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8699
8700 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8701
8702 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8703 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8704 When called interactively, displays the version.
8705
8706 \(fn)" t nil)
8707
8708 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8709 Display Ediff's manual.
8710 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8711
8712 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8713
8714 ;;;***
8715 \f
8716 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8717 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8719
8720 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8721 Not documented
8722
8723 \(fn)" t nil)
8724
8725 ;;;***
8726 \f
8727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17842 58280))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8729
8730 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8731 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8732
8733 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8734
8735 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8736
8737 ;;;***
8738 \f
8739 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8740 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8741 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8742
8743 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8744 Display Ediff's registry.
8745
8746 \(fn)" t nil)
8747
8748 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8749
8750 ;;;***
8751 \f
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8753 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17846 30361))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8755
8756 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8757 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8758 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8759 which see.
8760
8761 \(fn)" t nil)
8762
8763 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8764 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8765 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8766 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8767
8768 \(fn)" t nil)
8769
8770 ;;;***
8771 \f
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8773 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8774 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8776
8777 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8778 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8779 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8780
8781 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8782 Edit a keyboard macro.
8783 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8784 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8785 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8786 its command name.
8787 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8788
8789 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8790
8791 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8792 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8793
8794 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8795
8796 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8797 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8798
8799 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8800
8801 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8802 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8803 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8804 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8805 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8806 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8807
8808 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8809 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8810 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8811 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8812
8813 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8814
8815 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8816 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8817 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8818 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8819 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8820 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8821
8822 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8823
8824 ;;;***
8825 \f
8826 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8827 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17842 54264))
8828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8829
8830 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8831 Set scroll margins.
8832 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8833 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8834
8835 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8836
8837 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8838 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8839
8840 \(fn)" t nil)
8841
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8845 ;;;;;; (17873 45892))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8847
8848 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8849 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8850 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8851 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8852 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8853 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8854 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8855
8856 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8857 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8858
8859 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8860 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8861 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8862 this value is non-nil.
8863
8864 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8865 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8866 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8867
8868 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8869 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8870 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8871
8872 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8873
8874 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8875 Not documented
8876
8877 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8878
8879 ;;;***
8880 \f
8881 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8882 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17992 30878))
8883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8884
8885 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8886 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8887
8888 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8889
8890 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8891 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8892 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8893 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8894 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8895 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8896 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8897
8898 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8899
8900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8901
8902 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8903 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8904
8905 \(fn)" t nil)
8906
8907 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8908 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8909 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8910 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8911 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8912 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8913 arg list.
8914
8915 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8916 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8917
8918 ;;;***
8919 \f
8920 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17842
8921 ;;;;;; 58279))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8923
8924 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8925 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8926
8927 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8928 an elided material again.
8929
8930 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8931
8932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8933
8934 ;;;***
8935 \f
8936 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8937 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
8938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8939
8940 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8941 Initialize elint.
8942
8943 \(fn)" t nil)
8944
8945 ;;;***
8946 \f
8947 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8948 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17842
8949 ;;;;;; 54152))
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8951
8952 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8953 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8954 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8955
8956 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8957
8958 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8959 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8960 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8961
8962 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8963
8964 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8965 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8966 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8967
8968 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8969
8970 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8971
8972 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8973 Display current profiling results.
8974 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8975 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8976 displayed.
8977
8978 \(fn)" t nil)
8979
8980 ;;;***
8981 \f
8982 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8983 ;;;;;; (17907 23437))
8984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8985
8986 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8987 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8988 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8989
8990 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8991
8992 ;;;***
8993 \f
8994 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8995 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8996 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8997 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8998 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17166 62192))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9000
9001 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9002 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9003 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9004 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9005 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9006 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9007 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9008 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9009 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9010 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9011 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9012 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9013 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9014 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9015 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9016 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9017
9018 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9019 Run Emerge on two files.
9020
9021 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9022
9023 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9024 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9025
9026 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9027
9028 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9029 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9030
9031 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9032
9033 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9034 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9035
9036 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9037
9038 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9039 Not documented
9040
9041 \(fn)" nil nil)
9042
9043 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9044 Not documented
9045
9046 \(fn)" nil nil)
9047
9048 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9049 Not documented
9050
9051 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9052
9053 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9054 Not documented
9055
9056 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9057
9058 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9059 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9060
9061 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9062
9063 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9064 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9065
9066 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9067
9068 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9069 Not documented
9070
9071 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9072
9073 ;;;***
9074 \f
9075 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9076 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
9077 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9078
9079 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9080 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9081 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9083 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9084 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9085
9086 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9087
9088 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9089 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9090 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9091
9092 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9093 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9094 automatically.
9095
9096 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9097 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9098 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9099
9100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9101
9102 ;;;***
9103 \f
9104 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9105 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17842 58277))
9106 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9107
9108 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9109 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9110 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9111 text/enriched format.
9112 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9113
9114 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9115 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9116
9117 Commands:
9118
9119 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9120
9121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9122
9123 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9124 Not documented
9125
9126 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9127
9128 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9129 Not documented
9130
9131 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9132
9133 ;;;***
9134 \f
9135 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9136 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17935 53318))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9138
9139 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9140 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9141
9142 \(fn)" nil nil)
9143
9144 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9145 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9146 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9147
9148 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9149
9150 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9151 (server (erc-compute-server))
9152 (port (erc-compute-port))
9153 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9154 password
9155 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9156
9157 That is, if called with
9158
9159 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9160
9161 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9162 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9163 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9164
9165 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9166
9167 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9168
9169 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9170 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9171 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9172 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9173
9174 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9175
9176 ;;;***
9177 \f
9178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17935
9179 ;;;;;; 53318))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9181 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9182
9183 ;;;***
9184 \f
9185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17935 53318))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9188
9189 ;;;***
9190 \f
9191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17935 53318))
9192 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9193 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9194
9195 ;;;***
9196 \f
9197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17935 53318))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9199 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9200
9201 ;;;***
9202 \f
9203 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9204 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17842 54344))
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9206
9207 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9208 Parser for /dcc command.
9209 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9210 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9211 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9212
9213 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9214
9215 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9216 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9217
9218 \(fn)" nil nil)
9219
9220 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9221 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9222
9223 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9224 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9225 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9226 that subcommand.
9227
9228 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9229
9230 ;;;***
9231 \f
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9233 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9234 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9235 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9236 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9237 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9238
9239 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9240 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9241
9242 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9243
9244 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9245 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9246 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9247 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9248
9249 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9250
9251 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9252 Not documented
9253
9254 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9255
9256 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9257 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9258
9259 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9260
9261 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9262 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9263
9264 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9265
9266 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9267 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9268
9269 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9270
9271 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9272 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9273
9274 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9275
9276 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9277 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9278
9279 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9280
9281 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9282 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9283
9284 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9285
9286 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9287 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9288
9289 \(fn)" nil nil)
9290
9291 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9292 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9293
9294 \(fn)" nil nil)
9295
9296 ;;;***
9297 \f
9298 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17935
9299 ;;;;;; 53318))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9301 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9302
9303 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9304 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9305 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9306
9307 \(fn)" nil nil)
9308
9309 ;;;***
9310 \f
9311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17842
9312 ;;;;;; 54344))
9313 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9314 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9315
9316 ;;;***
9317 \f
9318 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9319 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17935 53318))
9320 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9321 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9322
9323 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9324 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9325 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9326 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9327 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9328 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9329 system.
9330
9331 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9332
9333 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9334 Not documented
9335
9336 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9337
9338 ;;;***
9339 \f
9340 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9341 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9342 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9343
9344 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9345 Not documented
9346
9347 \(fn)" nil nil)
9348
9349 ;;;***
9350 \f
9351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17842 54344))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9353 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9354
9355 ;;;***
9356 \f
9357 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9358 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17935 53318))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9360 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9361
9362 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9363 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9364 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9365 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9366 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9367 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9368
9369 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9370
9371 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9372 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9373 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9374 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9375
9376 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9377 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9378 automatically.
9379
9380 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9381 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9382
9383 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9384
9385 ;;;***
9386 \f
9387 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9388 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9389 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9390 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9391 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9392 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9393
9394 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9395 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9396
9397 \(fn)" t nil)
9398
9399 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9400 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9401
9402 \(fn)" t nil)
9403
9404 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9405 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9406
9407 \(fn)" t nil)
9408
9409 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9410 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9411
9412 \(fn)" t nil)
9413
9414 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9415 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9416
9417 \(fn)" t nil)
9418
9419 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9420 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9421
9422 \(fn)" t nil)
9423
9424 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9425 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9426
9427 \(fn)" t nil)
9428
9429 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9430 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9431
9432 \(fn)" t nil)
9433
9434 ;;;***
9435 \f
9436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17935 53318))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9438 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9439
9440 ;;;***
9441 \f
9442 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9443 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9444 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9445 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9446
9447 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9448 Show who's gone.
9449
9450 \(fn)" nil nil)
9451
9452 ;;;***
9453 \f
9454 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9455 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17935 53318))
9456 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9457
9458 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9459 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9460 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9461 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9462
9463 \(fn)" nil nil)
9464
9465 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9466 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9467
9468 \(fn)" t nil)
9469
9470 ;;;***
9471 \f
9472 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9473 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17935 53318))
9474 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9475 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9476
9477 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9478 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9479 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9480 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9481
9482 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9483
9484 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9485 Not documented
9486
9487 \(fn)" nil nil)
9488
9489 ;;;***
9490 \f
9491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17842 54344))
9492 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9493 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9494
9495 ;;;***
9496 \f
9497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17935
9498 ;;;;;; 53318))
9499 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9500 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9501
9502 ;;;***
9503 \f
9504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17842 54344))
9505 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9506 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9507
9508 ;;;***
9509 \f
9510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17935 53318))
9511 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9512 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9513
9514 ;;;***
9515 \f
9516 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9517 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17935 53318))
9518 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9519 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9520
9521 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9522 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9523
9524 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9525
9526 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9527 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9528 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9529
9530 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9531
9532 ;;;***
9533 \f
9534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17842 54344))
9535 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9536 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9537
9538 ;;;***
9539 \f
9540 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9541 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9542 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9543
9544 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9545 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9546 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9547
9548 \(fn)" t nil)
9549
9550 ;;;***
9551 \f
9552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17935
9553 ;;;;;; 53318))
9554 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9555 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9556
9557 ;;;***
9558 \f
9559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17935 53318))
9560 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9561 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9562
9563 ;;;***
9564 \f
9565 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9566 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9567 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9568
9569 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9570 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9571 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9572
9573 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9574
9575 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9576 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9577 mode line.
9578
9579 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9580 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9581 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9582
9583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9584 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9585
9586 ;;;***
9587 \f
9588 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9589 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17842 54344))
9590 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9591 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9592
9593 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9594 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9595 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9596 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9597
9598 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9599
9600 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9601 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9602 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9603
9604 \(fn)" t nil)
9605
9606 ;;;***
9607 \f
9608 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9609 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9610 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9611
9612 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9613 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9614
9615 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9616
9617 ;;;***
9618 \f
9619 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17914
9620 ;;;;;; 52082))
9621 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9622
9623 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9624 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9625
9626 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9627
9628 \(fn)" nil nil)
9629
9630 ;;;***
9631 \f
9632 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17842
9633 ;;;;;; 54411))
9634 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9635
9636 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9637 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9638
9639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9640
9641 ;;;***
9642 \f
9643 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9644 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17842 54411))
9645 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9646
9647 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9648 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9649 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9650 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9651 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9652 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9653 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9654 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9655 buffer selected (or created).
9656
9657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9658
9659 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9660 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9661 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9662
9663 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9664
9665 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9666 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9667 The result might be any Lisp object.
9668 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9669 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9670 corresponding to a successful execution.
9671
9672 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9673
9674 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9675 Report a bug in Eshell.
9676 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9677 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9678
9679 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9680
9681 ;;;***
9682 \f
9683 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9684 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9685 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9686 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9687 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9688 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9689 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9690 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
9691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9692
9693 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9694 *File name of tags table.
9695 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9696 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9697 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9698 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9699
9700 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9701 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9702 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9703 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9704
9705 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9706
9707 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9708 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9709 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9710 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9711 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9712 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9713
9714 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9715
9716 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9717 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9718 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9719 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9720 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9721 `auto-compression-mode').")
9722
9723 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9724
9725 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9726 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9727 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9728 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9729 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9730
9731 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9732
9733 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9734 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9735 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9736 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9737
9738 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9739
9740 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9741 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9742 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9743 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9744 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9745
9746 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9747
9748 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9749 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9750
9751 \(fn)" t nil)
9752
9753 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9754 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9755 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9756 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9757
9758 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9759 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9760 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9761 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9762 file the tag was in.
9763
9764 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9765
9766 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9767 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9768 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9769 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9770 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9771 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9772 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9773 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9774 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9775
9776 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9777
9778 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9779 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9780 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9781 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9782 without directory names.
9783
9784 \(fn)" nil nil)
9785
9786 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9787 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9788 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9789 but does not select the buffer.
9790 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9791
9792 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9793 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9794 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9795 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9796 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9797
9798 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9799
9800 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9801 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9802 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9803
9804 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9805
9806 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9807
9808 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9809 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9810 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9811 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9812
9813 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9814 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9815 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9816 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9817 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9818
9819 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9820
9821 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9822 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9823 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9824
9825 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9826
9827 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9828 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9829
9830 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9831 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9832 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9833 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9834 around or before point.
9835
9836 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9837 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9838 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9839 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9840 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9841
9842 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9843
9844 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9845 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9846 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9847
9848 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9849
9850 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9851 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9852
9853 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9854 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9855 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9856 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9857 around or before point.
9858
9859 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9860 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9861 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9862 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9863 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9864
9865 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9866
9867 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9868 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9869 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9870
9871 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9872
9873 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9874 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9875
9876 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9877 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9878 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9879
9880 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9881 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9882 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9883 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9884 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9885
9886 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9887
9888 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9889 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9890 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9891
9892 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9893
9894 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9895 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9896 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9897
9898 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9899 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9900
9901 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9902 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9903 where they were found.
9904
9905 \(fn)" t nil)
9906
9907 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9908 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9909
9910 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9911 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9912 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9913
9914 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9915 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9916
9917 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9918 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9919
9920 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9921
9922 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9923 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9924 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9925 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9926
9927 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9928 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9929 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9930 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9931 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9932
9933 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9934 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9935
9936 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9937 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9938 Stops when a match is found.
9939 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9940
9941 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9942
9943 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9944
9945 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9946 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9947 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9948 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9949 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9950
9951 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9952
9953 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9954
9955 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9956 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9957 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9958 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9959 directory specification.
9960
9961 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9962
9963 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9964 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9965
9966 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9967
9968 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9969 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9970 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9971 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9972
9973 \(fn)" t nil)
9974
9975 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9976 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9977 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9978 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9979 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9980
9981 \(fn)" t nil)
9982
9983 ;;;***
9984 \f
9985 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9986 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9987 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9988 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9989 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9990 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9991 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9992 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17842 58278))
9993 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9994
9995 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9996 Not documented
9997
9998 \(fn)" nil nil)
9999
10000 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10001 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10002 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10003 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10004
10005 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10006 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10007 language.
10008
10009 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10010 even if the buffer is read-only.
10011
10012 See also the descriptions of the variables
10013 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10014 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10015
10016 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10019 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10020
10021 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10022 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10023
10024 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10025 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10026 language.
10027
10028 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10029 buffer is read-only.
10030
10031 See also the descriptions of the variables
10032 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10033 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10034
10035 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10036
10037 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10038 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10039 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10040
10041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10042
10043 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10044 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10045
10046 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10047 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10048
10049 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10050 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10051
10052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10053
10054 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10055 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10056 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10057 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10058
10059 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10060
10061 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10062 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10063 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10064 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10065
10066 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10067 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10068 the primary language.
10069
10070 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10071 buffer is read-only.
10072
10073 See also the descriptions of the variables
10074 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10075 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10076
10077 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10078
10079 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10080 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10081 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10082 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10083
10084 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10085 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10086 primary language.
10087
10088 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10089 buffer is read-only.
10090
10091 See also the descriptions of the variables
10092 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10093 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10094
10095 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10096
10097 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10098 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10099 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10100
10101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10102
10103 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10104 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10105
10106 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10107 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10108 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10109 3) convert the body into SERA.
10110
10111 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10112
10113 \(fn)" t nil)
10114
10115 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10116 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10117 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10118
10119 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10120
10121 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10122 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10123
10124 \(fn)" t nil)
10125
10126 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10127 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10128
10129 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10130 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10131 be 1, 2, or 3.
10132
10133 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10134 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10135 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10136
10137 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10138
10139 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10140
10141 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10142 Allow the user to input special characters.
10143
10144 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10145
10146 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10147 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10148 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10149
10150 \(fn)" t nil)
10151
10152 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10153 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10154
10155 \(fn)" t nil)
10156
10157 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10158 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10159
10160 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10161 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10162
10163 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10164 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10165
10166 \(fn)" nil nil)
10167
10168 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10169 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10170
10171 \(fn)" nil nil)
10172
10173 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10174 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10175
10176 \(fn)" nil nil)
10177
10178 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10179 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10180
10181 \(fn)" nil nil)
10182
10183 ;;;***
10184 \f
10185 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10186 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10187 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10188 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10189
10190 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10191 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10192 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10193 server for future sessions.
10194
10195 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10196
10197 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10198 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10199 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10200
10201 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10202
10203 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10204 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10205 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10206
10207 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10208
10209 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10210 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10211 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10212 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10213 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10214 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10215 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10216 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10217 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10218 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10219 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10220 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10221
10222 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10223
10224 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10225 Display a form to query the directory server.
10226 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10227 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10228
10229 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10230
10231 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10232 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10233 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10234
10235 \(fn)" t nil)
10236
10237 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10238
10239 ;;;***
10240 \f
10241 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10242 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10243 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17842 55218))
10244 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10245
10246 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10247 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10248
10249 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10250
10251 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10252 Display URL and make it clickable.
10253
10254 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10255
10256 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10257 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10258
10259 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10260
10261 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10262 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10263
10264 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10265
10266 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10267 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10268
10269 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10270
10271 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10272 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10273
10274 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10275
10276 ;;;***
10277 \f
10278 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10279 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17842 55218))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10281
10282 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10283 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10284 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10285
10286 \(fn)" t nil)
10287
10288 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10289 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10290
10291 \(fn)" t nil)
10292
10293 ;;;***
10294 \f
10295 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10296 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10298
10299 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10300 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10301
10302 \(fn)" t nil)
10303
10304 ;;;***
10305 \f
10306 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17933
10307 ;;;;;; 14283))
10308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10309
10310 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10311 Create an empty ewoc.
10312
10313 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10314
10315 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10316 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10317 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10318 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10319 `insert-before-markers'.
10320
10321 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10322 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10323 respectively, of the ewoc.
10324
10325 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10326 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10327 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10328
10329 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10330
10331 ;;;***
10332 \f
10333 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10334 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10335 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10336 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
10337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10338
10339 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10340 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10341 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10342
10343 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10344
10345 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10346 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10347 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10348 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10349 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10350
10351 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10352
10353 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10354 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10355 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10356 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10357 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10358 executable.
10359
10360 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10361
10362 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10363 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10364 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10365
10366 \(fn)" t nil)
10367
10368 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10369 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10370 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10371 file modes.
10372
10373 \(fn)" nil nil)
10374
10375 ;;;***
10376 \f
10377 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10378 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10379 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
10380 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10381
10382 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10383 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10384 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10385 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10386
10387 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10388
10389 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10390 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10391 to generate such functions.
10392
10393 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10394 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10395 beginning of the expanded text.
10396
10397 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10398 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10399 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10400 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10401
10402 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10403
10404 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10405
10406 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10407 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10408 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10409
10410 \(fn)" nil nil)
10411
10412 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10413 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10414 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10415
10416 \(fn)" t nil)
10417
10418 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10419 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10420 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10421
10422 \(fn)" t nil)
10423 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10424 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10425
10426 ;;;***
10427 \f
10428 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17842 56333))
10429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10430
10431 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10432 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10433 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10434
10435 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10436 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10437 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10438
10439 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10440
10441 Key definitions:
10442 \\{f90-mode-map}
10443
10444 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10445
10446 `f90-do-indent'
10447 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10448 `f90-if-indent'
10449 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10450 `f90-type-indent'
10451 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10452 `f90-program-indent'
10453 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10454 (default 2).
10455 `f90-continuation-indent'
10456 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10457 `f90-comment-region'
10458 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10459 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10460 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10461 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10462 (default \"!\").
10463 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10464 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10465 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10466 `f90-break-delimiters'
10467 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10468 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10469 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10470 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10471 (default t).
10472 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10473 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10474 `f90-smart-end'
10475 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10476 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10477 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10478 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10479 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10480 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10481 `f90-leave-line-no'
10482 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10483
10484 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10485 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10486
10487 \(fn)" t nil)
10488
10489 ;;;***
10490 \f
10491 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10492 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10493 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10494 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10495 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17842 58279))
10496 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10497 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10498 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10499
10500 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10501 Menu keymap for faces.")
10502
10503 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10504
10505 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10506 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10507
10508 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10509
10510 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10511 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10512
10513 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10514
10515 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10516 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10517
10518 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10519
10520 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10521 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10522
10523 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10524
10525 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10526 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10527
10528 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10529
10530 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10531 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10532
10533 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10534
10535 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10536
10537 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10538
10539 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10540
10541 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10542 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10543
10544 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10545 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10546 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10547 to the faces to use for the next character
10548 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10549 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10550
10551 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10552 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10553 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10554 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10555 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10556 preceding faces (including FACE).
10557
10558 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10559 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10560
10561 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10562
10563 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10564 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10565 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10566
10567 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10568 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10569 requested face.
10570
10571 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10572 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10573 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10574
10575 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10576
10577 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10578 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10579 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10580
10581 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10582 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10583 requested face.
10584
10585 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10586 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10587 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10588
10589 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10590
10591 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10592 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10593 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10594 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10595 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10596 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10597 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10598
10599 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10600 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10601 requested face.
10602
10603 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10604 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10605 to insert cancels the specification.
10606
10607 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10608
10609 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10610 Make the region invisible.
10611 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10612 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10613
10614 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10615
10616 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10617 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10618 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10619 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10620
10621 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10622
10623 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10624 Make the region unmodifiable.
10625 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10626 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10627
10628 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10629
10630 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10631 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10632
10633 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10634
10635 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10636 Remove all text properties from the region.
10637
10638 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10639
10640 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10641 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10642 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10643
10644 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10645
10646 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10647 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10648
10649 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10650
10651 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10652 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10653 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10654 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10655 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10656 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10657
10658 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10659
10660 ;;;***
10661 \f
10662 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10663 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10664 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10666
10667 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10668 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10669 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10670 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10671
10672 \(fn)" nil nil)
10673
10674 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10675 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10676
10677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10678
10679 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10680 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10681 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10682 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10683
10684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10685
10686 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10687 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10688 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10689 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10690 backup file names and the like).
10691
10692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10693
10694 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10695 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10696 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10697 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10698 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10699 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10700 internally by feedmail):
10701
10702 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10703 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10704 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10705 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10706
10707 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10708 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10709 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10710 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10711 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10712
10713 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10714
10715 ;;;***
10716 \f
10717 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10718 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17943 4602))
10719 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10720
10721 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10722 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10723 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10724 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10725 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10726 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10727 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10728
10729 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10730
10731 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10732 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10733 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10734 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10735 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10736 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10737 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10738
10739 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10740
10741 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10742
10743 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10744 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10745 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10746 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10747 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10748 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10749
10750 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10751
10752 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10753 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10754 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10755 Return value:
10756 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10757 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10758 * otherwise, nil
10759
10760 \(fn E)" t nil)
10761
10762 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10763 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10764
10765 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10766
10767 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10768 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10769
10770 \(fn)" t nil)
10771
10772 ;;;***
10773 \f
10774 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10775 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10776 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10777 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17842 58279))
10778 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10779
10780 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10781 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10782 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10783 be added to the cache.
10784
10785 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10786
10787 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10788 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10789 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10790 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10791 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10792
10793 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10794
10795 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10796 Add FILE to the file cache.
10797
10798 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10799
10800 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10801 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10802 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10803
10804 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10805
10806 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10807 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10808 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10809
10810 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10811
10812 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10813 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10814 This function does not use any external programs
10815 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10816 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10817 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10818
10819 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10820
10821 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10822 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10823 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10824 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10825 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10826 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10827 \(directories) is done.
10828
10829 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10830 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10831 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10832 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10833
10834 ;;;***
10835 \f
10836 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17842
10837 ;;;;;; 58279))
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10839
10840 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10841 Filesets initialization.
10842 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10843
10844 \(fn)" nil nil)
10845
10846 ;;;***
10847 \f
10848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18007 39658))
10849 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10850 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10851
10852 ;;;***
10853 \f
10854 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10855 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10856 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
10857 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10858
10859 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10860 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10861 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10862 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10863 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10864
10865 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10866
10867 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10868 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10869 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10870 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10871 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10872
10873 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10874
10875 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10876 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10877 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10878 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10879
10880 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10881
10882 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10883 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10884 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10885
10886 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10887
10888 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10889 as the final argument.
10890
10891 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10892
10893 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10894 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10895 and run dired on those files.
10896 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10897 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10898
10899 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10900
10901 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10902
10903 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10904 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10905 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10906
10907 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10908
10909 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10910
10911 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10912
10913 ;;;***
10914 \f
10915 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10916 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10917 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
10918 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10919
10920 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10921 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10922 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10923 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10924 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10925 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10926 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10927
10928 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10929 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10930 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10931
10932 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10933
10934 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10935
10936 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10937
10938 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10939 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10940 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10941
10942 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10943 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10944
10945 Variables of interest include:
10946
10947 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10948 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10949 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10950
10951 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10952 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10953 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10954
10955 - `ff-ignore-include'
10956 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10957
10958 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10959 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10960
10961 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10962 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10963
10964 - `ff-special-constructs'
10965 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10966 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10967 extracting the filename from that construct.
10968
10969 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10970 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10971
10972 - `ff-search-directories'
10973 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10974 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10975
10976 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10977 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10978
10979 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10980 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10981
10982 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10983 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10984
10985 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10986 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10987
10988 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10989 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10990
10991 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10992
10993 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10994 Visit the file you click on.
10995
10996 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10997
10998 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10999 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11000
11001 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11002
11003 ;;;***
11004 \f
11005 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11006 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11007 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11008 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11009 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11010 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11011 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17842 54152))
11012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11013
11014 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11015 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11016
11017 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11018
11019 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11020 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11021 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11022 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11023
11024 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11025 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11026 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11027 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11028
11029 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11030
11031 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11032 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11033
11034 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11035 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11036 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11037 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11038
11039 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11040 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11041 in `load-path'.
11042
11043 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11044
11045 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11046 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11047
11048 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11049 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11050 places point before the definition.
11051 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11052
11053 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11054 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11055 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11056
11057 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11058
11059 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11060 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11061
11062 See `find-function' for more details.
11063
11064 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11065
11066 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11067 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11068
11069 See `find-function' for more details.
11070
11071 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11072
11073 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11074 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11075
11076 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11077 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11078 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11079
11080 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11081 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11082
11083 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11084
11085 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11086 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11087
11088 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11089 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11090 places point before the definition.
11091
11092 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11093
11094 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11095 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11096 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11097
11098 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11099
11100 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11101 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11102
11103 See `find-variable' for more details.
11104
11105 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11106
11107 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11108 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11109
11110 See `find-variable' for more details.
11111
11112 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11113
11114 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11115 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11116 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11117 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11118 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11119 buffer nor display it.
11120
11121 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11122 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11123
11124 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11125
11126 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11127 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11128
11129 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11130 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11131 places point before the definition.
11132
11133 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11134
11135 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11136 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11137 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11138
11139 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11140
11141 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11142 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11143 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11144
11145 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11146
11147 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11148 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11149
11150 \(fn)" t nil)
11151
11152 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11153 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11154
11155 \(fn)" t nil)
11156
11157 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11158 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11159
11160 \(fn)" nil nil)
11161
11162 ;;;***
11163 \f
11164 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11165 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17893 23802))
11166 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11167
11168 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11169 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11170
11171 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11172
11173 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11174 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11175
11176 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11177
11178 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11179 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11180
11181 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11182
11183 ;;;***
11184 \f
11185 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11186 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17842 58279))
11187 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11188
11189 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11190 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11191
11192 \(fn)" t nil)
11193
11194 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11195 Display FILE's commentary section.
11196 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11197
11198 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11199
11200 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11201 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11202
11203 \(fn)" t nil)
11204
11205 ;;;***
11206 \f
11207 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11208 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17842 58279))
11209 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11210
11211 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11212 Toggle flow control handling.
11213 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11214 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11215
11216 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11217
11218 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11219 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11220 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11221 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11222 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11223 to get the effect of a C-q.
11224
11225 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11226
11227 ;;;***
11228 \f
11229 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11230 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
11231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11232
11233 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11234 Not documented
11235
11236 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11237
11238 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11239 Not documented
11240
11241 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11242
11243 ;;;***
11244 \f
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11246 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17934 27588))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11248
11249 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11250 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11251 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11252 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11253
11254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11255
11256 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11257 Turn flymake mode on.
11258
11259 \(fn)" nil nil)
11260
11261 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11262 Turn flymake mode off.
11263
11264 \(fn)" nil nil)
11265
11266 ;;;***
11267 \f
11268 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11269 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11270 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18006 55797))
11271 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11272
11273 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11274 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11275
11276 \(fn)" t nil)
11277 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11278
11279 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11280 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11281 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11282 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11283 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11284 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11285
11286 Bindings:
11287 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11288 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11289 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11290 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11291
11292 Hooks:
11293 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11294
11295 Remark:
11296 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11297 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11298 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11299
11300 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11301 consider adding:
11302 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11303 in your .emacs file.
11304
11305 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11306 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11307
11308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11309
11310 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11311 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11312
11313 \(fn)" nil nil)
11314
11315 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11316 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11317
11318 \(fn)" nil nil)
11319
11320 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11321 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11322
11323 \(fn)" nil nil)
11324
11325 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11326 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11327
11328 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11329
11330 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11331 Flyspell whole buffer.
11332
11333 \(fn)" t nil)
11334
11335 ;;;***
11336 \f
11337 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11338 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11339 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
11340 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11341
11342 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11343 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11344
11345 \(fn)" t nil)
11346
11347 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11348 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11349
11350 \(fn)" t nil)
11351
11352 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11353 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11354
11355 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11356 of two major techniques:
11357
11358 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11359 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11360 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11361
11362 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11363 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11364 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11365 movement commands.
11366
11367 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11368 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11369 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11370 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11371 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11372 mileage may vary).
11373
11374 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11375 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11376
11377 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11378
11379 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11380 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11381 \(This is the default.)
11382
11383 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11384 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11385
11386 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11387 \\{follow-mode-map}
11388
11389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11390
11391 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11392 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11393
11394 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11395 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11396 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11397 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11398 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11399 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11400
11401 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11402 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11403 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11404
11405 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11406 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11407 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11408
11409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11410
11411 ;;;***
11412 \f
11413 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17954
11414 ;;;;;; 24686))
11415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11416
11417 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11418 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11419 \\<message-mode-map>
11420 key binding
11421 --- -------
11422
11423 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11424 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11425 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11426 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11427 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11428 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11429
11430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11431
11432 ;;;***
11433 \f
11434 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11435 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17842 58279))
11436 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11437
11438 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11439 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11440
11441 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11442 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11443 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11444 C-c < forms-first-record <
11445 C-c > forms-last-record >
11446 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11447 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11448 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11449 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11450 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11451 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11452 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11453 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11454 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11455 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11456
11457 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11458
11459 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11460 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11461
11462 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11463
11464 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11465 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11466
11467 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11468
11469 ;;;***
11470 \f
11471 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11472 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17842 56333))
11473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11474
11475 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11476 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11477 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11478 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11479 with a character in column 6.")
11480
11481 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11482
11483 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11484 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11485 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11486
11487 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11488 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11489
11490 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11491
11492 Key definitions:
11493 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11494
11495 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11496
11497 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11498 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11499 `fortran-do-indent'
11500 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11501 `fortran-if-indent'
11502 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11503 `fortran-structure-indent'
11504 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11505 (default 3)
11506 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11507 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11508 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11509 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11510 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11511 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11512 nil don't change the indentation
11513 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11514 value of either
11515 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11516 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11517 depending on the continuation format in use.
11518 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11519 indentation for a line of code.
11520 (default 'fixed)
11521 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11522 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11523 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11524 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11525 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11526 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11527 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11528 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11529 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11530 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11531 column 5.
11532 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11533 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11534 statements (default nil).
11535 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11536 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11537 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11538 `fortran-continuation-string'
11539 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11540 line (default \"$\").
11541 `fortran-comment-region'
11542 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11543 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11544 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11545 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11546 as typed (default t).
11547 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11548 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11549
11550 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11551 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11552
11553 \(fn)" t nil)
11554
11555 ;;;***
11556 \f
11557 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11558 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17842 55395))
11559 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11560
11561 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11562 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11563
11564 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11565 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11566
11567 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11568
11569 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11570 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11571
11572 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11573 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11574
11575 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11576
11577 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11578 Compile fortune file.
11579
11580 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11581 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11582
11583 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11584
11585 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11586 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11587
11588 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11589 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11590 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11591 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11592
11593 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11594
11595 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11596 Display a fortune cookie.
11597
11598 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11599 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11600 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11601 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11602
11603 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11604
11605 ;;;***
11606 \f
11607 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11608 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
11609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11610
11611 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11612 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11613 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11614 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11615
11616 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11617 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11618 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11619 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11620
11621 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11622 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11623 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11624 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11625 some of the buffers.
11626
11627 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11628
11629 The following commands help control operation :
11630
11631 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11632 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11633
11634 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11635 detailed description of this mode.
11636
11637
11638 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11639 | GDB Toolbar |
11640 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11641 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11642 | | |
11643 | | |
11644 | | |
11645 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11646 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11647 | | (comint-mode) |
11648 | | |
11649 | | |
11650 | | |
11651 | | |
11652 | | |
11653 | | |
11654 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11655 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11656 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11657 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11658 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11659 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11660
11661 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11662
11663 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11664 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11665
11666 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11667
11668 ;;;***
11669 \f
11670 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11671 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17842
11672 ;;;;;; 54152))
11673 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11674
11675 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11676 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11677 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11678 instead (which see).")
11679
11680 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11681 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11682
11683 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11684 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11685 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11686 documentation string instead.
11687
11688 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11689 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11690 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11691 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11692 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11693 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11694 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11695 enders are actually possible.
11696
11697 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11698 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11699
11700 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11701 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11702 `font-lock-keywords'.
11703
11704 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11705 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11706 runs the macro expansion.
11707
11708 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11709 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11710 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11711
11712 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11713
11714 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11715
11716 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11717 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11718
11719 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11720
11721 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11722 Enter generic mode MODE.
11723
11724 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11725 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11726 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11727
11728 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11729 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11730
11731 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11732
11733 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11734 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11735 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11736 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11737 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11738 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11739 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11740 `font-lock-keywords'.
11741
11742 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11743
11744 ;;;***
11745 \f
11746 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11747 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
11748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11749
11750 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11751 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11752 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11753 at places they belong to.
11754
11755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11756
11757 ;;;***
11758 \f
11759 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11760 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17934 27588))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11762
11763 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11764 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11765
11766 Guideline for numbers:
11767 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11768 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11769 inside loops.
11770
11771 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11772
11773 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11774 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11775 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11776
11777 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11778
11779 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11780 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11781
11782 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11783
11784 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11785 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11786
11787 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11788 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11789 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11790 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11791 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11792 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11793
11794 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11795 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11796 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11797 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11798 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11799
11800 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11801
11802 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11803
11804 ;;;***
11805 \f
11806 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11807 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17842 54741))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11809 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11810 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11811
11812 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11813 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11814
11815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11816
11817 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11818 Read network news.
11819 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11820 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11821 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11822 name of an NNTP server to use.
11823 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11824 server.
11825
11826 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11827
11828 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11829 Read news as a slave.
11830
11831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11832
11833 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11834 Pop up a frame to read news.
11835 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11836 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11837 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11838 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11839 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11840 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11841 current display is used.
11842
11843 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11844
11845 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11846 Read network news.
11847 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11848 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11849 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11850
11851 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11852
11853 ;;;***
11854 \f
11855 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11856 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11857 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11858 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11859 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11860 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17842 54741))
11861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11862
11863 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11864 Start Gnus unplugged.
11865
11866 \(fn)" t nil)
11867
11868 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11869 Start Gnus plugged.
11870
11871 \(fn)" t nil)
11872
11873 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11874 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11875
11876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11877
11878 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11879 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11880
11881 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11882 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11883 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11884
11885 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11886 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11887 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11888
11889 \(fn)" t nil)
11890
11891 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11892 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11893
11894 \(fn)" nil nil)
11895
11896 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11897 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11898 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11899 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11900 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11901 supported.
11902
11903 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11904
11905 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11906 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11907 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11908 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11909 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11910 supported.
11911
11912 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11913
11914 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11915 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11916
11917 \(fn)" nil nil)
11918
11919 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11920 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11921 downloaded into the agent.
11922
11923 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11924
11925 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11926 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11927 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11928 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11929
11930 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11931
11932 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11933 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11934
11935 \(fn)" t nil)
11936
11937 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11938 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11939
11940 \(fn)" t nil)
11941
11942 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11943 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11944 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11945
11946 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11947
11948 ;;;***
11949 \f
11950 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11951 ;;;;;; (17960 49045))
11952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11953
11954 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11955 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11956
11957 \(fn)" nil nil)
11958
11959 ;;;***
11960 \f
11961 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11962 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
11963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11964
11965 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11966 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11967
11968 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11969
11970 ;;;***
11971 \f
11972 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11973 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11974 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17842
11975 ;;;;;; 54741))
11976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11977
11978 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11979 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11980
11981 Usage:
11982 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11983
11984 \(fn)" t nil)
11985
11986 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11987 Generate the cache active file.
11988
11989 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11990
11991 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11992 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11993
11994 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11995
11996 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11997 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11998 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11999 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12000 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12001 supported.
12002
12003 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12004
12005 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12006 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12007 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12008 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12009 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12010 supported.
12011
12012 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12013
12014 ;;;***
12015 \f
12016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12017 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17842 54741))
12018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12019
12020 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12021 Delay this article by some time.
12022 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12023
12024 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12025 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12026
12027 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12028 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12029
12030 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12031 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12032
12033 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12034
12035 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12036 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12037
12038 \(fn)" t nil)
12039
12040 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12041 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12042 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12043 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12044
12045 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12046 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12047
12048 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12049
12050 ;;;***
12051 \f
12052 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12053 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17992 30878))
12054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12055
12056 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12057 Not documented
12058
12059 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12060
12061 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12062 Not documented
12063
12064 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12065
12066 ;;;***
12067 \f
12068 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12069 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12071
12072 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12073 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12074
12075 \(fn)" nil nil)
12076
12077 ;;;***
12078 \f
12079 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12080 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12082
12083 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12084 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12085
12086 \(fn)" t nil)
12087
12088 ;;;***
12089 \f
12090 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12091 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12092 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17842
12093 ;;;;;; 54741))
12094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12095
12096 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12097 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12098
12099 \(fn)" t nil)
12100
12101 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12102 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12103
12104 \(fn)" t nil)
12105
12106 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12107 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12108
12109 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12110
12111 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12112 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12113
12114 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12115
12116 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12117 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12118 The PNG is returned as a string.
12119
12120 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12121
12122 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12123 Convert FILE to a Face.
12124 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12125 726 bytes.
12126
12127 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12128
12129 ;;;***
12130 \f
12131 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12132 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17842 54741))
12133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12134
12135 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12136 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12137 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12138
12139 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12140
12141 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12142 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12143
12144 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12145
12146 ;;;***
12147 \f
12148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12149 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12151
12152 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12153
12154 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12155 Run batched scoring.
12156 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12157
12158 \(fn)" t nil)
12159
12160 ;;;***
12161 \f
12162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12163 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12164 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12166
12167 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12168 Not documented
12169
12170 \(fn)" nil nil)
12171
12172 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12173 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12174 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12175
12176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12177
12178 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12179 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12180
12181 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12182
12183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12184
12185 ;;;***
12186 \f
12187 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12188 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12189 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12191
12192 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12193 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12194 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12195 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12196 group parameters.
12197
12198 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12199 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12200 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12201 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12202
12203 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12204 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12205 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12206 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12207 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12208 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12209 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12210 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12211 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12212 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12213
12214 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12215
12216 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12217 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12218 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12219 nil CATCH-ALL).
12220
12221 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12222 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12223
12224 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12225
12226 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12227 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12228 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12229
12230 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12231
12232 \(fn)" nil nil)
12233
12234 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12235 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12236 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12237
12238 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12239
12240 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12241 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12242 existing groups are considered.
12243
12244 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12245 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12246 returned.
12247
12248 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12249 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12250 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12251 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12252 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12253 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12254 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12255 clauses will be generated.
12256
12257 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12258 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12259 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12260 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12261 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12262 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12263
12264 For example, given the following group parameters:
12265
12266 nnml:mail.bar:
12267 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12268 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12269 nnml:mail.foo:
12270 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12271 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12272 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12273 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12274 nnml:mail.others:
12275 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12276
12277 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12278
12279 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12280 \"mail.bar\")
12281 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12282 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12283 \"mail.others\")
12284
12285 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12286
12287 ;;;***
12288 \f
12289 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12290 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12292
12293 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12294 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12295 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12296
12297 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12298
12299 ;;;***
12300 \f
12301 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12302 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17949 41467))
12303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12304
12305 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12306 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12307 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12308 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12309
12310 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12311
12312 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12313 Mail to ADDRESS.
12314
12315 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12316
12317 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12318 Like `message-reply'.
12319
12320 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12321
12322 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12323
12324 ;;;***
12325 \f
12326 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12327 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17842 54741))
12328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12329
12330 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12331 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12332
12333 \(fn)" t nil)
12334
12335 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12336 Load the NoCeM cache.
12337
12338 \(fn)" t nil)
12339
12340 ;;;***
12341 \f
12342 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12343 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12344 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12346
12347 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12348 Display picons in the From header.
12349 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12350
12351 \(fn)" t nil)
12352
12353 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12354 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12355 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12356
12357 \(fn)" t nil)
12358
12359 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12360 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12361 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12362
12363 \(fn)" t nil)
12364
12365 ;;;***
12366 \f
12367 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12368 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12369 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12370 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12371 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17842 54741))
12372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12373
12374 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12375 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12376 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12377 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12378
12379 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12380
12381 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12382 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12383 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12384 LIST1 is modified.
12385
12386 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12387
12388 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12389 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12390 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12391
12392 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12393
12394 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12395 Not documented
12396
12397 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12398
12399 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12400 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12401 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12402
12403 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12404
12405 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12406 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12407 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12408
12409 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12410
12411 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12412
12413 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12414 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12415 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12416
12417 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12418
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12420 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12421 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12422
12423 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12424
12425 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12426 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12427 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12428
12429 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12430
12431 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12432 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12433
12434 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12435
12436 ;;;***
12437 \f
12438 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12439 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17934 27588))
12440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12441
12442 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12443 Not documented
12444
12445 \(fn)" t nil)
12446
12447 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12448 Install the registry hooks.
12449
12450 \(fn)" t nil)
12451
12452 ;;;***
12453 \f
12454 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12455 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17842
12456 ;;;;;; 54741))
12457 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12458
12459 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12460 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12461 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12462 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12463 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12464 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12465
12466 \(fn)" t nil)
12467
12468 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12469 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12470 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12471 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12472 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12473
12474 \(fn)" t nil)
12475
12476 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12477 Not documented
12478
12479 \(fn)" t nil)
12480
12481 ;;;***
12482 \f
12483 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12484 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12486
12487 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12488 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12489 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12490 for matching on group names.
12491
12492 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12493 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12494
12495 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12496
12497 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12498
12499 \(fn)" t nil)
12500
12501 ;;;***
12502 \f
12503 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12504 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12506
12507 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12508 Update the format specification near point.
12509
12510 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12511
12512 ;;;***
12513 \f
12514 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12515 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17842
12516 ;;;;;; 54741))
12517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12518
12519 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12520 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12521
12522 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12523
12524 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12525 Not documented
12526
12527 \(fn)" nil nil)
12528
12529 ;;;***
12530 \f
12531 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12532 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12534
12535 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12536 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12537
12538 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12539
12540 ;;;***
12541 \f
12542 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17941 38806))
12543 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12544
12545 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12546 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12547
12548 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12549 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12550 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12551
12552 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12553 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12554 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12555
12556 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12557 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12558
12559 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12560 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12561
12562 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12563
12564 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12565
12566 ;;;***
12567 \f
12568 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12569 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17842 55218))
12570 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12571
12572 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12573
12574 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12575 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12576 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12577 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12578 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12579
12580 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12581
12582 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12583 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12584 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12585 or to send e-mail.
12586 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12587 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12588
12589 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12590 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12591
12592 \(fn)" t nil)
12593 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12594
12595 ;;;***
12596 \f
12597 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12598 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12599 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17944 20144))
12600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12601
12602 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12603 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12604
12605 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12606
12607 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12608 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12609 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12610 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12611 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12612
12613 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12614 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12615
12616 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12617
12618 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12619 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12620 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12621 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12622
12623 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12624
12625 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12626 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12627
12628 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12629
12630 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12631 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12632
12633 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12634 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12635 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12636
12637 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12638 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12639 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12640
12641 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12642 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12643 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12644 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12645 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12646
12647 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12648
12649 (defvar grep-history nil)
12650
12651 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12652
12653 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12654 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12655 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12656
12657 \(fn)" nil nil)
12658
12659 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12660 Not documented
12661
12662 \(fn)" nil nil)
12663
12664 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12665 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12666
12667 \(fn)" nil nil)
12668
12669 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12670 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12671 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12672 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12673 where grep found matches.
12674
12675 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12676 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12677
12678 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12679 easily repeat a grep command.
12680
12681 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12682 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12683 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12684 if that history list is empty).
12685
12686 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12687
12688 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12689 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12690 Collect output in a buffer.
12691 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12692 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12693
12694 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12695 easily repeat a find command.
12696
12697 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12698
12699 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12700
12701 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12702 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12703 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12704 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12705 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12706
12707 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12708 before it is executed.
12709 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12710
12711 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12712 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12713 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12714
12715 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12716
12717 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12718
12719 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12720 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12721 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12722 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12723 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12724
12725 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12726 before it is executed.
12727 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12728
12729 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12730 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12731 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12732
12733 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12734
12735 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12736
12737 ;;;***
12738 \f
12739 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17842 58279))
12740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12741
12742 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12743 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12744 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12745 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12746 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12747
12748 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12749
12750 ;;;***
12751 \f
12752 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12753 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17992 30878))
12754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12755
12756 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12757 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12758 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12759 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12760 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12761 `gdba' for more information.
12762
12763 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12764 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12765 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12766 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12767 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12768 session.
12769
12770 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12771
12772 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12773 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12774 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12775 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12776
12777 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12778
12779 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12780 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12781 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12782 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12783
12784 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12785
12786 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12787 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12788 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12789 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12790
12791 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12792 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12793
12794 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12795
12796 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12797 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12798 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12799 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12800
12801 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12802
12803 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12804 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12805 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12806 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12807
12808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12809
12810 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12811 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12812 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12813 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12814 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12815
12816 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12817 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12818 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12819 original source file access method.
12820
12821 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12822 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12823
12824 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12825 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12826
12827 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12828
12829 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12830 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12831
12832 \(fn)" t nil)
12833
12834 ;;;***
12835 \f
12836 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17842
12837 ;;;;;; 55395))
12838 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12839
12840 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12841 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12842 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12843 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12844
12845 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12846 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12847 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12848 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12849
12850 \(fn)" t nil)
12851
12852 ;;;***
12853 \f
12854 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12855 ;;;;;; (17742 40275))
12856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12857
12858 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12859 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12860
12861 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12862
12863 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12864 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12865 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12866 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12867
12868 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12869
12870 \(fn)" t nil)
12871
12872 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12873 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12874 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12875 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12876 to be updated.
12877
12878 \(fn)" t nil)
12879
12880 ;;;***
12881 \f
12882 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12883 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12884 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12885 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17842 58279))
12886 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12887
12888 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12889 Return the help-echo string at point.
12890 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12891 property, or nil, is returned.
12892 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12893 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12894 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12895
12896 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12897
12898 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12899 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12900 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12901 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12902 this produces no string either, return nil.
12903
12904 \(fn)" nil nil)
12905
12906 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12907 Display local help in the echo area.
12908 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12909 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12910 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12911 printed instead.
12912
12913 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12914 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12915 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12916
12917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12918
12919 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12920 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12921 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12922
12923 \(fn)" t nil)
12924
12925 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12926 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12927 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12928
12929 \(fn)" t nil)
12930
12931 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12932 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12933 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12934 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12935 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12936 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12937 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12938 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12939 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12940 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12941 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12942
12943 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12944 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12945 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12946 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12947 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12948
12949 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12950 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12951 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12952 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12953 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12954 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12955 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12956 The default is `never'.")
12957
12958 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12959
12960 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12961 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12962 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12963 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12964 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12965 considered different regions.
12966
12967 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12968 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12969 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12970 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12971 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12972 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12973 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12974 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12975 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12976
12977 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12978
12979 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12980 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12981 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12982 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12983 different regions.
12984
12985 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12986 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12987 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12988 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12989 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12990 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12991 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12992 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12993
12994 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12995 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12996 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12997 rarely happens in practice.
12998
12999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13000
13001 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13002 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13003 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13004 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13005 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13006 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13007
13008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13009
13010 ;;;***
13011 \f
13012 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13013 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13014 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13015 ;;;;;; (17845 46651))
13016 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13017
13018 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13019 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13020
13021 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13022
13023 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13024 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13025 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13026
13027 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13028
13029 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13030 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13031
13032 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13033
13034 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13035 Not documented
13036
13037 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13038
13039 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13040 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13041 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13042 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13043
13044 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13045
13046 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13047 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13048 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13049 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13050 it is displayed along with the global value.
13051
13052 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13053
13054 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13055 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13056 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13057 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13058
13059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13060
13061 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13062 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13063 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13064 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13065 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13066
13067 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13068
13069 ;;;***
13070 \f
13071 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13072 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13073 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13074
13075 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13076 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13077 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13078 and window listing and describing the options.
13079 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13080 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13081
13082 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13083
13084 ;;;***
13085 \f
13086 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13087 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13088 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17842 58279))
13089 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13090
13091 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13092 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13093 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13094 Commands:
13095 \\{help-mode-map}
13096
13097 \(fn)" t nil)
13098
13099 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13100 Not documented
13101
13102 \(fn)" nil nil)
13103
13104 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13105 Not documented
13106
13107 \(fn)" nil nil)
13108
13109 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13110 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13111
13112 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13113 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13114 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13115 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13116
13117 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13118 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13119 restore it properly when going back.
13120
13121 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13122
13123 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13124 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13125
13126 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13127 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13128 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13129 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13130 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13131 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13132 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13133 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13134
13135 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13136 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13137 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13138 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13139
13140 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13141 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13142 that.
13143
13144 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13145
13146 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13147 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13148 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13149 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13150 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13151 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13152
13153 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13154
13155 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13156 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13157 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13158 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13159 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13160
13161 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13162
13163 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13164 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13165
13166 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13167
13168 ;;;***
13169 \f
13170 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13171 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17842 54152))
13172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13173
13174 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13175 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13176
13177 \(fn)" t nil)
13178
13179 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13180 Provide help for current mode.
13181
13182 \(fn)" t nil)
13183
13184 ;;;***
13185 \f
13186 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13187 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 53657))
13188 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13189
13190 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13191 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13192 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13193 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13194 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13195
13196 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13197 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13198
13199 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13200 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13201 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13202 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13203
13204 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13205 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13206 periods.
13207
13208 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13209 in hexl format.
13210
13211 A sample format:
13212
13213 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13214 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13215 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13216 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13217 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13218 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13219 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13220 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13221 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13222 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13223 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13224 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13225 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13226 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13227 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13228
13229 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13230 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13231 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13232
13233 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13234 also supported.
13235
13236 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13237
13238 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13239 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13240 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13241
13242 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13243 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13244 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13245
13246 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13247 into the buffer at the current point.
13248
13249 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13250 into the buffer at the current point.
13251
13252 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13253 into the buffer at the current point.
13254
13255 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13256
13257 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13258 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13259
13260 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13261
13262 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13263
13264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13265
13266 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13267 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13268 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13269 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13270
13271 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13272
13273 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13274 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13275 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13276
13277 \(fn)" t nil)
13278
13279 ;;;***
13280 \f
13281 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13282 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13283 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13284 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
13285 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13286
13287 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13288 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13289
13290 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13291 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13292 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13293 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13294 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13295 called interactively, are:
13296
13297 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13298 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13299
13300 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13301 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13302 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13303 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13304
13305 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13306 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13307
13308 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13309 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13310
13311 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13312 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13313 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13314 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13315 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13316 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13317 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13318 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13319 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13320 function returns t.
13321
13322 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13323 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13324
13325 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13326 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13327 form:
13328 Hi-lock: FOO
13329 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13330 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13331 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13332 Patterns will be read until
13333 Hi-lock: end
13334 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13335
13336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13337
13338 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13339 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13340 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13341 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13342 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13343 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13344
13345 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13346
13347 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13348 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13349 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13350 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13351 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13352
13353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13354
13355 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13356
13357 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13358 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13359
13360 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13361 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13362 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13363 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13364
13365 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13366
13367 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13368
13369 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13370 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13371
13372 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13373 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13374 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13375 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13376
13377 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13378
13379 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13380
13381 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13382 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13383
13384 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13385 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13386
13387 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13388
13389 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13390
13391 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13392 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13393
13394 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13395 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13396 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13397 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13398 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13399
13400 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13401
13402 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13403 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13404
13405 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13406 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13407 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13408
13409 \(fn)" t nil)
13410
13411 ;;;***
13412 \f
13413 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13414 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17842 56333))
13415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13416
13417 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13418 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13419 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13420 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13421 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13422 how the hiding is done:
13423
13424 `hide-ifdef-env'
13425 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13426 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13427 is used.
13428
13429 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13430 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13431 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13432 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13433 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13434
13435 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13436 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13437 #endif lines when hiding.
13438
13439 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13440 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13441 is activated.
13442
13443 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13444 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13445 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13446
13447 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13448
13449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13450
13451 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13452 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13453
13454 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13455
13456 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13457 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13458
13459 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13460
13461 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13462 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13463
13464 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13465
13466 ;;;***
13467 \f
13468 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13469 ;;;;;; (17934 43341))
13470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13471
13472 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13473 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13474 Each element has the form
13475 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13476
13477 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13478 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13479
13480 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13481 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13482
13483 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13484 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13485 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13486 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13487 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13488 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13489
13490 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13491 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13492
13493 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13494 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13495
13496 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13497 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13498 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13499
13500 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13501 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13502 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13503 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13504 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13505 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13506
13507 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13508 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13509 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13510
13511 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13512 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13513
13514 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13515
13516 Key bindings:
13517 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13518
13519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13520
13521 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13522 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13523
13524 \(fn)" nil nil)
13525
13526 ;;;***
13527 \f
13528 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13529 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13530 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13531 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13532 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17842 58279))
13533 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13534
13535 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13536 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13537 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13538
13539 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13540
13541 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13542 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13543
13544 Without an argument:
13545 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13546 or passive state as determined by the variable
13547 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13548 and passive state.
13549
13550 With an argument ARG:
13551 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13552 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13553 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13554
13555 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13556 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13557 not displayed in a different face.
13558
13559 Functions:
13560 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13561 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13562 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13563 buffer with the contents of a file
13564 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13565 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13566 various faces
13567
13568 Hook variables:
13569 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13570 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13571 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13572
13573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13574
13575 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13576 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13577
13578 \(fn)" t nil)
13579
13580 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13581 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13582
13583 \(fn)" t nil)
13584
13585 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13586 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13587
13588 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13589 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13590 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13591 shown in the last face in the list.
13592
13593 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13594 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13595 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13596
13597 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13598
13599 \(fn)" t nil)
13600
13601 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13602 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13603
13604 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13605
13606 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13607 to save the file.
13608
13609 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13610 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13611
13612 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13613 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13614 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13615
13616 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13617
13618 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13619 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13620
13621 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13622 this function is called interactively.
13623
13624 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13625 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13626 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13627
13628 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13629 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13630 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13631
13632 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13633
13634 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13635 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13636
13637 When called interactively:
13638 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13639 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13640 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13641 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13642
13643 When called from a program:
13644 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13645 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13646 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13647 - otherwise just turn it on
13648
13649 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13650 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13651 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13652 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13653
13654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13655
13656 ;;;***
13657 \f
13658 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13659 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13660 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13661 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13662 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17842 58279))
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13664
13665 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13666 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13667 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13668 or insert functions in this list.")
13669
13670 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13671
13672 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13673 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13674
13675 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13676
13677 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13678 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13679
13680 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13681
13682 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13683 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13684
13685 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13686
13687 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13688 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13689
13690 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13691
13692 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13693 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13694 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13695
13696 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13697
13698 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13699 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13700 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13701 \(as atoms)")
13702
13703 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13704
13705 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13706 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13707 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13708 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13709 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13710
13711 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13712
13713 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13714 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13715 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13716 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13717 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13718 expansions.
13719 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13720 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13721 undoes the expansion.
13722
13723 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13724
13725 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13726 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13727 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13728 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13729
13730 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13731
13732 ;;;***
13733 \f
13734 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13735 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13736 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13737
13738 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13739 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13740 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13741
13742 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13743 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13744 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13745 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13746 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13747
13748 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13749 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13750 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13751 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13752
13753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13754
13755 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13756 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13757 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13759 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13760 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13761
13762 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13763
13764 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13765 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13766 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13767
13768 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13769 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13770
13771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13772
13773 ;;;***
13774 \f
13775 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13776 ;;;;;; (17956 13479))
13777 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13778
13779 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13780 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13781 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13782
13783 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13784
13785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13786
13787 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13788 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13789
13790 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13791 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13792 different list. For example,
13793
13794 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13795 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13796
13797 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13798 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13799
13800 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13801 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13802 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13803 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13804 of a holiday list.
13805
13806 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13807
13808 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13809
13810 ;;;***
13811 \f
13812 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17842
13813 ;;;;;; 54741))
13814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13815
13816 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13817 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13818
13819 \(fn)" t nil)
13820
13821 ;;;***
13822 \f
13823 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13824 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13825 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13826 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13827 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13828 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13829 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13830 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13831 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13832 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13833 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13834 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13835 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13836 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13837 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13838 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13839 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13840 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13841 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13842 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13843 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13844 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13845 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17842 58279))
13846 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13847
13848 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13849 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13850 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13851
13852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13853
13854 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13855 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13856
13857 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13858
13859 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13860 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13861
13862 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13863
13864 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13865 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13866
13867 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13868
13869 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13870 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13871
13872 \(fn)" t nil)
13873
13874 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13876
13877 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13878
13879 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13880 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13881
13882 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13883 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13884 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13885 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13886 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13887 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13888 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13889 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13890 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13891 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13892 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13893 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13894
13895 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13896 Not documented
13897
13898 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13899
13900 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13901 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13902
13903 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13904
13905 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13906 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13907
13908 \(fn)" t nil)
13909
13910 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13911 Remove the first filter group.
13912
13913 \(fn)" t nil)
13914
13915 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13916 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13917
13918 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13919
13920 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13921 Remove all filter groups.
13922
13923 \(fn)" t nil)
13924
13925 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13926 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13927
13928 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13929
13930 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13931 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13932 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13933
13934 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13935
13936 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13937 Kill the filter group at point.
13938 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13939
13940 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13941
13942 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13943 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13944
13945 \(fn)" t nil)
13946
13947 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13948 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13949
13950 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13951
13952 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13953 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13954 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13955 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13956
13957 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13958
13959 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13960 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13961 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13962
13963 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13964
13965 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13966 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13967 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13968 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13969 of replacing the current filters.
13970
13971 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13972
13973 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13974 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13975
13976 \(fn)" t nil)
13977
13978 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13979 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13980
13981 \(fn)" t nil)
13982
13983 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13984 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13985
13986 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13987 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13988 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13989
13990 \(fn)" t nil)
13991
13992 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13993 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13994
13995 \(fn)" t nil)
13996
13997 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13998 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13999
14000 \(fn)" t nil)
14001
14002 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14004 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14005 filter into parts.
14006
14007 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14008
14009 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14010 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14011 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14012
14013 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14014
14015 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14016 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14017
14018 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14019
14020 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14021 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14022
14023 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14024
14025 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14026 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14027 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14028 of replacing the current filters.
14029
14030 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14031 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14032 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14033 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14034 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14035 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14036 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14037 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14038 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14039
14040 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14041 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14042 Default sorting modes are:
14043 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14044 Name - the name of the buffer
14045 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14046 Size - the size of the buffer
14047
14048 \(fn)" t nil)
14049
14050 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14051 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14052
14053 \(fn)" t nil)
14054 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14055 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14057 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14058
14059 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14060 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14061
14062 \(fn)" t nil)
14063
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14066 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14067 for this Ibuffer session.
14068
14069 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14070
14071 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14072 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14073 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14074 for this Ibuffer session.
14075
14076 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14077
14078 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14080
14081 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14082 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14083
14084 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14085 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14086
14087 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14088
14089 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14090 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14091
14092 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14093 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14094
14095 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14096
14097 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14098 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14099
14100 \(fn)" t nil)
14101
14102 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14103 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14104
14105 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14106 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14107 hidden group filter, open it.
14108
14109 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14110 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14111 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14112
14113 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14114
14115 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14116 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14117 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14118
14119 \(fn)" t nil)
14120
14121 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14123
14124 The names are separated by a space.
14125 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14126
14127 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14128 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14129 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14130 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14131
14132 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14133
14134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14135
14136 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14137 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14138
14139 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14140
14141 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14142 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14143
14144 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14145
14146 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14147 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14148
14149 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14150
14151 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14152 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14153
14154 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14155
14156 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14157 Mark all modified buffers.
14158
14159 \(fn)" t nil)
14160
14161 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14162 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14163
14164 \(fn)" t nil)
14165
14166 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14167 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14168
14169 \(fn)" t nil)
14170
14171 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14172 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14173
14174 \(fn)" t nil)
14175
14176 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14177 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14178
14179 \(fn)" t nil)
14180
14181 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14182 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14183
14184 \(fn)" t nil)
14185
14186 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14187 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14188
14189 \(fn)" t nil)
14190
14191 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14192 Mark all read-only buffers.
14193
14194 \(fn)" t nil)
14195
14196 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14197 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14198
14199 \(fn)" t nil)
14200
14201 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14202 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14203 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14204 defaults to one.
14205
14206 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14207
14208 ;;;***
14209 \f
14210 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14211 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17842
14212 ;;;;;; 58279))
14213 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14214
14215 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14216 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14217
14218 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14219 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14220 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14221
14222 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14223 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14224 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14225 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14226 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14227 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14228
14229 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14230 title of the column.
14231
14232 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14233 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14234 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14235 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14236 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14237
14238 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14239
14240 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14241 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14242 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14243 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14244 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14245
14246 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14247 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14248 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14249
14250 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14251
14252 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14253 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14254 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14255 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14256 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14257 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14258
14259 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14260 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14261 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14262 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14263 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14264 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14265 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14266 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14267 values are:
14268 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14269 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14270 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14271 buffer's modification flag.
14272 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14273 prompted before performing this operation.
14274 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14275 operation is complete, in the form:
14276 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14277 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14278 confirmation message, in the form:
14279 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14280 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14281 macro for exactly what it does.
14282
14283 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14284
14285 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14286 Define a filter named NAME.
14287 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14288 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14289 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14290
14291 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14292 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14293 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14294 bound to the current value of the filter.
14295
14296 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14297
14298 ;;;***
14299 \f
14300 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14301 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17842 58279))
14302 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14303
14304 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14305 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14306 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14307 buffers which are visiting a file.
14308
14309 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14310
14311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14312 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14313 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14314 buffers which are visiting a file.
14315
14316 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14317
14318 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14319 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14320 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14321
14322 All arguments are optional.
14323 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14324 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14325 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14326 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14327 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14328 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14329 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14330 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14331 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14332 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14333 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14334 that value locally in this buffer.
14335
14336 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14337
14338 ;;;***
14339 \f
14340 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14341 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14342 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17921 16827))
14343 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14344
14345 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14346 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14347 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14348 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14349
14350 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14351
14352 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14353 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14354 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14355 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14356 ICAL-FILENAME.
14357 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14358 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14359 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14360
14361 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14362
14363 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14364 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14365 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14366 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14367 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14368 non-marking or not.
14369
14370 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14371
14372 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14373 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14374
14375 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14376 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14377 DIARY-FILE.
14378
14379 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14380 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14381 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14382
14383 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14384 non-marking.
14385
14386 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14387 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14388 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14389
14390 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14391
14392 ;;;***
14393 \f
14394 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17907
14395 ;;;;;; 1407))
14396 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14397
14398 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14399 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14400 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14403 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14404
14405 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14406
14407 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14408 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14409 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14410
14411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14412
14413 ;;;***
14414 \f
14415 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17842 56333))
14416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14417
14418 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14419 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14420 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14421 Tab indents for Icon code.
14422 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14423 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14424 \\{icon-mode-map}
14425 Variables controlling indentation style:
14426 icon-tab-always-indent
14427 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14428 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14429 icon-auto-newline
14430 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14431 inserted in Icon code.
14432 icon-indent-level
14433 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14434 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14435 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14436 icon-continued-statement-offset
14437 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14438 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14439 icon-continued-brace-offset
14440 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14441 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14442 icon-brace-offset
14443 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14444 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14445 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14446 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14447
14448 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14449 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14450
14451 \(fn)" t nil)
14452
14453 ;;;***
14454 \f
14455 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14456 ;;;;;; (17965 23638))
14457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14458
14459 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14460 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14461 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14462 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14463
14464 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14465 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14466 separate frames.
14467
14468 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14469 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14470
14471 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14472 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14473 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14474
14475 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14476
14477 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14478
14479 ;;;***
14480 \f
14481 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14482 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
14483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14484
14485 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14486 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14487
14488 The main features of this mode are
14489
14490 1. Indentation and Formatting
14491 --------------------------
14492 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14493 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14494
14495 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14496 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14497 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14498 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14499
14500 Comments are indented as follows:
14501
14502 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14503 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14504 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14505
14506 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14507
14508 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14509 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14510 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14511 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14512 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14513 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14514
14515 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14516 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14517 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14518 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14519
14520 2. Routine Info
14521 ------------
14522 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14523 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14524 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14525 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14526 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14527 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14528 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14529 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14530 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14531 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14532
14533 3. Online IDL Help
14534 ---------------
14535
14536 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14537 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14538 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14539 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14540
14541 4. Completion
14542 ----------
14543 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14544 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14545 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14546 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14547 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14548 upper case.
14549
14550 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14551 --------------------------------
14552 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14553 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14554
14555 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14556 \\fu FUNCTION template
14557 \\c CASE statement template
14558 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14559 \\f FOR loop template
14560 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14561 \\w WHILE loop template
14562 \\i IF statement template
14563 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14564 \\b BEGIN
14565
14566 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14567 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14568
14569 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14570 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14571 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14572 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14573
14574 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14575 -------------------------
14576 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14577 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14578
14579 7. Automatic END completion
14580 ------------------------
14581 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14582 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14583
14584 8. Hooks
14585 -----
14586 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14587 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14588
14589 9. Documentation and Customization
14590 -------------------------------
14591 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14592 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14593 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14594 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14595 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14596
14597 10.Keybindings
14598 -----------
14599 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14600 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14601 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14602
14603 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14604
14605 \(fn)" t nil)
14606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14607
14608 ;;;***
14609 \f
14610 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14611 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14612 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14613 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14614 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14615 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14616 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14617 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17963
14618 ;;;;;; 25911))
14619 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14620
14621 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14622 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14623 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14624 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14625 displaying...)
14626 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14627 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14628 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14629
14630 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14631 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14632
14633 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14634
14635 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14636 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14637 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14638 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14639 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14640 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14641 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14642 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14643 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14644
14645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14646
14647 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14648 Switch to another buffer.
14649 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14650 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14651 in another frame.
14652
14653 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14654 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14655 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14656 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14657 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14658
14659 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14660 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14661
14662 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14663 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14664
14665 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14666 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14667 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14668 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14669 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14670 in a separate window.
14671 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14672 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14673 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14674 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14675 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14676 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14677 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14678 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14679 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14680
14681 \(fn)" t nil)
14682
14683 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14684 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14685 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14686 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14687
14688 \(fn)" t nil)
14689
14690 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14691 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14692 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14693 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14694
14695 \(fn)" t nil)
14696
14697 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14698 Kill a buffer.
14699 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14700 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14701
14702 \(fn)" t nil)
14703
14704 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14705 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14706 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14707 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14708
14709 \(fn)" t nil)
14710
14711 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14712 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14713 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14714 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14715
14716 \(fn)" t nil)
14717
14718 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14719 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14720
14721 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14722
14723 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14724 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14725 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14726 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14727 visible in another frame.
14728
14729 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14730 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14731 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14732 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14733 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14734 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14735
14736 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14737 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14738
14739 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14740 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14741
14742 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14743 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14744 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14745 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14746 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14747 in a separate window.
14748 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14749 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14750 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14751 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14752 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14753 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14754 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14755 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14756 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14757 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14758 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14759 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14760 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14761 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14762 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14763
14764 \(fn)" t nil)
14765
14766 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14767 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14768 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14770
14771 \(fn)" t nil)
14772
14773 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14774 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14775 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14776 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14777
14778 \(fn)" t nil)
14779
14780 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14781 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14782 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14783 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14784
14785 \(fn)" t nil)
14786
14787 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14788 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14789 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14790 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14791
14792 \(fn)" t nil)
14793
14794 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14795 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14796 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14797 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14798
14799 \(fn)" t nil)
14800
14801 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14802 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14803 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14804 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14805
14806 \(fn)" t nil)
14807
14808 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14809 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14810 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14811 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14812
14813 \(fn)" t nil)
14814
14815 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14816 Write current buffer to a file.
14817 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14818 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14819
14820 \(fn)" t nil)
14821
14822 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14823 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14824 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14825 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14826
14827 \(fn)" t nil)
14828
14829 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14830 Call `dired' the ido way.
14831 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14832 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14833
14834 \(fn)" t nil)
14835
14836 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14837 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14838 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14839 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14840 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14841 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14842
14843 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14844
14845 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14846 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14847 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14848 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14849
14850 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14851
14852 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14853 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14854 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14855 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14856
14857 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14858
14859 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14860 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14861 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14862 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14863 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14864 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14865 with `completing-read'.
14866 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14867 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14868 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14869 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14870 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14871 with point positioned at the end.
14872 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14873 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14874
14875 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14876
14877 ;;;***
14878 \f
14879 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17842 58279))
14880 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14881 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14882
14883 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14884 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14885 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14886
14887 \(fn)" t nil)
14888
14889 ;;;***
14890 \f
14891 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14892 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
14893 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14894
14895 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14896 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14897
14898 \(fn)" t nil)
14899
14900 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14901 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14902
14903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14904
14905 ;;;***
14906 \f
14907 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14908 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14909 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14910 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14911 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17868 42568))
14912 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14913
14914 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14915 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14916 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14917 be determined.
14918
14919 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14920
14921 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14922 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14923 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14924 be determined.
14925
14926 \(fn)" nil nil)
14927
14928 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14929 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14930 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14931 be determined.
14932
14933 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14934
14935 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14936 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14937 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14938 be determined.
14939
14940 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14941
14942 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14943 Determine and return image type.
14944 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14945 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14946 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14947 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14948 use its file extension as image type.
14949 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14950
14951 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14952
14953 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14954 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14955 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14956
14957 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14958
14959 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
14960 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14961 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
14962
14963 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
14964 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
14965 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
14966 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
14967 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
14968 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
14969 steps succeed.
14970
14971 \(fn)" nil nil)
14972
14973 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14974 Create an image.
14975 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14976 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14977 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14978 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14979 use its file extension as image type.
14980 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14981 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14982 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14983 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14984
14985 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14986
14987 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14988
14989 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14990 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14991 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14992 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14993 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14994 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14995 POS may be an integer or marker.
14996 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14997 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14998 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14999 means display it in the right marginal area.
15000
15001 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15002
15003 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15004 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15005 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15006 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15007 defaulted if you omit it.
15008 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15009 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15010 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15011 means display it in the right marginal area.
15012 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15013 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15014 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15015 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15016 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15017
15018 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15019
15020 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15021 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15022 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15023 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15024 defaulted if you omit it.
15025 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15026 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15027 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15028 means display it in the right marginal area.
15029 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15030
15031 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15032
15033 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15034 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15035 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15036 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15037
15038 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15039
15040 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15041 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15042
15043 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15044
15045 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15046 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15047 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15048 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15049 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15050 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15051 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15052 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15053 satisfied.
15054
15055 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15056
15057 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15058
15059 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15060
15061 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15062 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15063
15064 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15065 documentation string.
15066
15067 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15068 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15069 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15070 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15071 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15072 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15073 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15074 define SYMBOL.
15075
15076 Example:
15077
15078 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15079 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15080
15081 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15082
15083 ;;;***
15084 \f
15085 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15086 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15087 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15088 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15089 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15090 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15091 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15092 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (17992 30877))
15093 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15094
15095 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15096 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15097
15098 \(fn)" t nil)
15099
15100 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15101 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15102
15103 Convenience command that:
15104
15105 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15106 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15107 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15108
15109 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15110 image files in dired and type
15111 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15112
15113 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15114
15115 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15116 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15117
15118 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15119
15120 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15121 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15122 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15123 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15124 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15125 another one).
15126
15127 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15128 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15129 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15130
15131 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15132 instead of erasing it first.
15133
15134 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15135 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15136 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15137 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15138 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15139 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15140
15141 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15142
15143 (autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15144 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15145 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15146 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15147 displayed.
15148
15149 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15150
15151 (defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15152
15153 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15154
15155 (autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15156 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15157
15158 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15159
15160 (autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15161 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15162 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15163
15164 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15165
15166 (autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15167 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15168
15169 \(fn)" t nil)
15170
15171 (autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15172 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15173 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15174 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15175
15176 \(fn)" t nil)
15177
15178 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15179 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15180
15181 \(fn)" t nil)
15182
15183 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15184 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15185
15186 \(fn)" t nil)
15187
15188 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15189 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15190
15191 \(fn)" t nil)
15192
15193 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15194 Display current image file.
15195 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15196 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15197
15198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15199
15200 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15201 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15202
15203 \(fn)" t nil)
15204
15205 (autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15206 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15207 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15208 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15209 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15210 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15211 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15212
15213 \(fn)" t nil)
15214
15215 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15216 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15217 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15218 easy-to-use form.
15219
15220 \(fn)" t nil)
15221
15222 ;;;***
15223 \f
15224 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15225 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15226 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17842 58279))
15227 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15228
15229 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15230 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15231 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15232 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15233
15234 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15235 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15236 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15237 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15238
15239 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15240
15241 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15242 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15243 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15244 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15245
15246 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15247 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15248 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15249 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15250
15251 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15252
15253 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15254 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15255
15256 \(fn)" nil nil)
15257
15258 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15259 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15260 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15261 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15262
15263 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15264
15265 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15266 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15267 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15269 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15270 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15271
15272 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15273
15274 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15275 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15276 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15277 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15278
15279 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15280 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15281 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15282
15283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15284
15285 ;;;***
15286 \f
15287 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15288 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17868 42581))
15289 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15290 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15291 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15292 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15293 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15294 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15295 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15296
15297 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15298 Major mode for image files.
15299 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15300 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15301
15302 \(fn)" t nil)
15303
15304 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15305 Toggle Image minor mode.
15306 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15307 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15308
15309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15310
15311 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15312 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15313 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15314 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15315 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15316 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15317
15318 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15319 information on these modes.
15320
15321 \(fn)" t nil)
15322
15323 ;;;***
15324 \f
15325 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15326 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17842 58279))
15327 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15328
15329 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15330 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15331
15332 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15333
15334 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15335 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15336 in the buffer.
15337
15338 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15339
15340 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15341 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15342 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15343
15344 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15345
15346 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15347 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15348
15349 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15350 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15351 pattern's structure.
15352
15353 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15354 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15355 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15356 during matching.")
15357
15358 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15359
15360 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15361 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15362
15363 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15364 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15365 called within a `save-excursion'.
15366
15367 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15368
15369 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15370
15371 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15372 Function for finding the next index position.
15373
15374 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15375 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15376 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15377 file.
15378
15379 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15380 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15381
15382 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15383
15384 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15385 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15386
15387 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15388 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15389 It should return the name for that index item.")
15390
15391 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15392
15393 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15394 Function to compare string with index item.
15395
15396 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15397 non-nil if they match.
15398
15399 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15400 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15401 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15402 arguments match\".")
15403
15404 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15405
15406 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15407 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15408 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15409
15410 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15411
15412 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15413
15414 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15415
15416 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15417 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15418 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15419 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15420
15421 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15422
15423 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15424 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15425
15426 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15427
15428 \(fn)" t nil)
15429
15430 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15431 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15432 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15433 for more information.
15434
15435 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15436
15437 ;;;***
15438 \f
15439 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15440 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15441 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17842 58278))
15442 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15443
15444 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15445 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15446
15447 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15448
15449 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15450 Not documented
15451
15452 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15453
15454 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15455 Not documented
15456
15457 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15458
15459 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15460 Not documented
15461
15462 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15463
15464 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15465 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15466 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15467 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15468 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15469
15470 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15471
15472 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15473 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15474 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15475 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15476 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15477
15478 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15479
15480 ;;;***
15481 \f
15482 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15483 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15484 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17842 56332))
15485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15486
15487 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15488 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15489 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15490 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15491 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15492
15493 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15494
15495 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15496 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15497
15498 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15499
15500 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15501 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15502 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15503 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15504 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15505 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15506 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15507 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15508
15509 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15510
15511 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15512 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15513 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15514 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15515 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15516
15517 This variable is only used if the variable
15518 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15519
15520 More precise choices:
15521 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15522 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15523 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15524
15525 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15526
15527 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15528
15529 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15530 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15531
15532 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15533 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15534 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15535 to that buffer.
15536 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15537 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15538 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15539 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15540
15541 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15542 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15543
15544 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15545
15546 ;;;***
15547 \f
15548 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15549 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15550 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15551 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18006 55795))
15552 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15553
15554 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15555 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15556
15557 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15558 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15559 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15560
15561 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15562 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15563 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15564 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15565 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15566 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15567 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15568 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15569 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15570 with the top-level Info directory.
15571
15572 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15573 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15574 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15575 appended to the Info buffer name.
15576
15577 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15578 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15579 in all the directories in that path.
15580
15581 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15582
15583 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15584 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15585
15586 \(fn)" t nil)
15587
15588 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15589 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15590 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15591 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15592
15593 \(fn)" nil nil)
15594
15595 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15596 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15597 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15598 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15599
15600 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15601
15602 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15603 Go to the Info directory node.
15604
15605 \(fn)" t nil)
15606
15607 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15608 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15609 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15610 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15611 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15612 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15613
15614 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15615
15616 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15617 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15618 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15619
15620 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15621
15622 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15623 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15624 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15625 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15626 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15627
15628 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15629 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15630
15631 Selecting other nodes:
15632 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15633 Follow a node reference you click on.
15634 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15635 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15636 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15637 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15638 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15639 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15640 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15641 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15642 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15643 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15644 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15645 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15646 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15647 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15648 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15649 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15650 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15651 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15652 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15653 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15654
15655 Moving within a node:
15656 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15657 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15658 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15659 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15660 move up to the parent node.
15661 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15662 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15663 if there is none.
15664 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15665
15666 Advanced commands:
15667 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15668 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15669 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15670 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15671 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15672 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15673 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15674 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15675 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15676 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15677 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15678 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15679 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15680 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15681 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15682 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15683
15684 \(fn)" nil nil)
15685 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15686
15687 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15688 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15689 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15690 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15691 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15692 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15693
15694 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15695 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15696
15697 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15698 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15699 KEY is a string.
15700 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15701 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15702 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15703 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15704
15705 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15706
15707 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15708 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15709 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15710
15711 \(fn)" t nil)
15712
15713 ;;;***
15714 \f
15715 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15716 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15717 ;;;;;; (17878 61008))
15718 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15719
15720 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15721 Throw away all cached data.
15722 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15723 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15724 system.
15725
15726 \(fn)" t nil)
15727 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15728
15729 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15730 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15731 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15732 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15733 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15734 one found at point.
15735
15736 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15737
15738 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15739 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15740
15741 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15742 Display the documentation of a file.
15743 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15744 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15745 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15746 The default file name is the one found at point.
15747
15748 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15749
15750 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15751
15752 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15753 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15754
15755 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15756
15757 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15758 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15759
15760 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15761
15762 ;;;***
15763 \f
15764 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15765 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17842 58279))
15766 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15767
15768 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15769 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15770
15771 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15772
15773 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15774 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15775 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15776
15777 \(fn)" t nil)
15778
15779 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15780 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15781 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15782
15783 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15784 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15785 quite a while.
15786
15787 \(fn)" t nil)
15788
15789 ;;;***
15790 \f
15791 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15792 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17842 58279))
15793 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15794
15795 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15796 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15797
15798 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15799
15800 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15801 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15802 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15803
15804 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15805 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15806 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15807
15808 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15809 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15810 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15811 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15812
15813 \(fn)" t nil)
15814
15815 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15816 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15817 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15818
15819 \(fn)" t nil)
15820
15821 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15822 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15823 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15824 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15826
15827 \(fn)" nil nil)
15828
15829 ;;;***
15830 \f
15831 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15832 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15833 ;;;;;; (17903 2305))
15834 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15835
15836 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15837 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15838
15839 \(fn)" t nil)
15840
15841 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15842 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15843
15844 \(fn)" t nil)
15845
15846 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15847 Not documented
15848
15849 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15850
15851 ;;;***
15852 \f
15853 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17918
15854 ;;;;;; 44913))
15855 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15856
15857 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15858 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15859 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15860 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15861 accessed via isearchb.
15862
15863 \(fn)" t nil)
15864
15865 ;;;***
15866 \f
15867 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15868 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15869 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15870 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17992 30878))
15871 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15872
15873 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15874 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15875 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15876 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15877
15878 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15879
15880 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15881 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15882 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15883 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15884
15885 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15886
15887 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15888 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15889 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15890 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15891
15892 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15893
15894 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15895 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15896 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15897 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15898
15899 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15900
15901 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15902 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15903 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15904 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15905
15906 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15907
15908 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15909 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15910 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15911 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15912
15913 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15914
15915 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15916 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15917 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15918 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15919
15920 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15921
15922 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15923 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15924 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15925 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15926
15927 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15928
15929 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15930 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15931 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15932 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15933
15934 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15935
15936 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15937 Warn that format is read-only.
15938
15939 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15940
15941 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15942 Warn that format is write-only.
15943
15944 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15945
15946 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15948
15949 \(fn)" t nil)
15950
15951 ;;;***
15952 \f
15953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15954 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
15955 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15956 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15957 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15958 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15959
15960 ;;;***
15961 \f
15962 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15963 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15964 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15965 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15966 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15967 ;;;;;; (18006 55797))
15968 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15969 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15970
15971 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15972 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15973 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15974 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15975
15976 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15977 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15978
15979 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15980 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15981 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15982
15983 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15984 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15985 re-start Emacs.")
15986
15987 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15988
15989 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15990
15991 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15992
15993 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15994
15995 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15996
15997 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15998
15999 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16000
16001 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16002 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16003
16004 Each element of this list is also a list:
16005
16006 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16007 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16008
16009 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16010 nil means the default dictionary.
16011
16012 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16013
16014 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16015
16016 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16017 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16018 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16019 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16020 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16021 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16022 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16023 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16024 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16025
16026 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16027 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16028 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16029 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16030 for non-ASCII bytes.
16031
16032 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16033 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16034 single word.
16035
16036 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16037 subprocess.
16038
16039 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16040 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16041 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16042 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16043 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16044 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16045 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16046 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16047
16048 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16049
16050 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16051 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16052 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16053
16054 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16055 Key map for ispell menu.")
16056
16057 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16058 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16059 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16060 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16061
16062 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16063
16064 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16065
16066 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16067
16068 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16069
16070 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16071 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16072 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16073 Valid forms include:
16074 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16075 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16076 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16077 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16078
16079 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16080 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16081 First list is used raw.
16082 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16083
16084 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16085 for skipping in latex mode.")
16086
16087 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16088 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16089 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16090 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16091 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16092 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16093
16094 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16095 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16096 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16097 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16098
16099 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16100 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16101 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16102 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16103 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16104
16105 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16106 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16107
16108 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16109 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16110
16111 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16112 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16113
16114 Return values:
16115 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16116 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16117 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16118 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16119 quit spell session exited.
16120
16121 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16122
16123 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16124 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16125 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16126
16127 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16128
16129 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16130 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16131
16132 Selections are:
16133
16134 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16135 SPC: Accept word this time.
16136 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16137 `a': Accept word for this session.
16138 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16139 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16140 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16141 `?': Show these commands.
16142 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16143 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16144 the aborted check to be completed later.
16145 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16146 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16147 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16148 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16149 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16150 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16151 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16152
16153 \(fn)" nil nil)
16154
16155 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16156 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16157 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16158
16159 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16160
16161 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16162 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16163 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16164 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16165
16166 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16167
16168 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16169
16170 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16171 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16172 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16173 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16174
16175 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16176
16177 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16178 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16179
16180 \(fn)" t nil)
16181
16182 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16183 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16184
16185 \(fn)" t nil)
16186
16187 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16188 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16189
16190 \(fn)" t nil)
16191
16192 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16193 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16194 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16195 sequence inside of a word.
16196
16197 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16198
16199 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16200
16201 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16202 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16203
16204 \(fn)" t nil)
16205
16206 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16207 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16208 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16209 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16210
16211 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16212 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16213 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16214 available on the net.
16215
16216 \(fn)" t nil)
16217
16218 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16219 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16220 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16221
16222 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16223 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16224
16225 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16226 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16227
16228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16231 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16232 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16233 Don't check included messages.
16234
16235 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16236 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16237 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16238
16239 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16240 in your .emacs file:
16241 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16242 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16243 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16244 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16245
16246 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16247 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16248 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16249
16250 \(fn)" t nil)
16251
16252 ;;;***
16253 \f
16254 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17819
16255 ;;;;;; 9451))
16256 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16257
16258 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16259 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16260 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16261 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16262 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16263 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16264
16265 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16266
16267 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16268 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16269 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16270 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16271 `iswitchb' for details.
16272
16273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16274
16275 ;;;***
16276 \f
16277 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16278 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16279 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16280 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17842 58278))
16281 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16282
16283 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16284 Not documented
16285
16286 \(fn)" nil nil)
16287
16288 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16289 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16290 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16291 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16292 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16293 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16294 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16295 necessary to represent OBJ.
16296
16297 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16298
16299 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16300 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16301 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16302 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16303
16304 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16305
16306 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16307 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16308 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16309 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16310 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16311
16312 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16313
16314 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16315 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16316 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16317 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16318
16319 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16320
16321 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16322 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16323 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16324 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16325
16326 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16327
16328 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16329 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16330
16331 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16332
16333 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16334 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16335 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16336 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16337 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16338
16339 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16340
16341 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16342 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16343 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16344 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16345 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16346
16347 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16348
16349 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16350 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16351 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16352
16353 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16354
16355 ;;;***
16356 \f
16357 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16358 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17853 24893))
16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16360
16361 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16362 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16363 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16364 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16365
16366 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16367 Not documented
16368
16369 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16370
16371 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16372 Uninstall jka-compr.
16373 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16374 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16375 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16376
16377 \(fn)" nil nil)
16378
16379 ;;;***
16380 \f
16381 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16382 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16383 ;;;;;; (17833 41203))
16384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16385
16386 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16387 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16388 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16389 decimal key must be specified.")
16390
16391 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16392
16393 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16394 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16395 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16396 decimal key must be specified.")
16397
16398 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16399
16400 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16401 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16402 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16403 decimal key must be specified.")
16404
16405 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16406
16407 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16408 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16409 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16410 decimal key must be specified.")
16411
16412 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16413
16414 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16415 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16416 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16417 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16418 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16419 keys are bound.
16420
16421 Setup Binding
16422 -------------------------------------------------------------
16423 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16424 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16425 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16426 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16427 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16428 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16429 in the global and local keymaps.
16430
16431 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16432 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16433
16434 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16435
16436 ;;;***
16437 \f
16438 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16439 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16441
16442 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16443 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16444 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16445
16446 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16447 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16448 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16449 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16450 shorter.
16451
16452 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16453 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16454 the context of text formatting.
16455
16456 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16457
16458 ;;;***
16459 \f
16460 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17842
16461 ;;;;;; 54888))
16462 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16463
16464 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16465 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16466 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16467 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16468 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16469 positions that contains the current selection.")
16470
16471 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16472 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16473 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16474 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16475 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16476 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16477 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16478
16479 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16480
16481 ;;;***
16482 \f
16483 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16484 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16485 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16486 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17833 41350))
16487 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16488 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16489 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16490 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16491 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16492 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16493 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16494 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16495
16496 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16497 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16498 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16499 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16500 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16501
16502 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16503
16504 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16505 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16506 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16507
16508 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16509 defining the macro.
16510
16511 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16512 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16513 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16514
16515 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16516 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16517
16518 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16519
16520 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16521 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16522 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16523 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16524 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16525 under that name.
16526
16527 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16528 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16529 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16530
16531 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16532
16533 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16534 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16535 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16536
16537 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16538 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16539 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16540 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16541
16542 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16543 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16544
16545 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16546
16547 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16548 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16549 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16550
16551 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16552 macro.
16553
16554 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16555 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16556
16557 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16558 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16559 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16560
16561 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16562 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16563
16564 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16565
16566 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16567 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16568 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16569 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16570
16571 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16572
16573 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16574 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16575 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16576 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16577
16578 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16579 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16580
16581 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16582
16583 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16584 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16585 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16586
16587 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16588
16589 ;;;***
16590 \f
16591 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16592 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16593 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
16594 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16595
16596 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16597
16598 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16599 Not documented
16600
16601 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16602
16603 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16604 Not documented
16605
16606 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16607
16608 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16609 Not documented
16610
16611 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16612
16613 ;;;***
16614 \f
16615 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16616 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17842 58278))
16617 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16618
16619 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16620 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16621 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16622
16623 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16624 Not documented
16625
16626 \(fn)" nil nil)
16627
16628 ;;;***
16629 \f
16630 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16631 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
16632 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16633
16634 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16635
16636 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16637 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16638
16639 \(fn)" t nil)
16640
16641 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16642
16643 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16644 Start or resume an Lm game.
16645 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16646 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16647
16648 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16649 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16650 none / 1 | yes | no
16651 2 | yes | yes
16652 3 | no | yes
16653 4 | no | no
16654
16655 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16656 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16657 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16658
16659 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16660
16661 ;;;***
16662 \f
16663 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16664 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16665 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17842
16666 ;;;;;; 58278))
16667 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16668
16669 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16670 Not documented
16671
16672 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16673
16674 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16675 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16676 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16677 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16678 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16679 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16680
16681 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16682 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16683
16684 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16685
16686 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16687 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16688
16689 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16690
16691 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16692 Not documented
16693
16694 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16695
16696 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16697 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16698 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16699 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16700 to compose.
16701
16702 The return value is number of composed characters.
16703
16704 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16705
16706 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16707 Not documented
16708
16709 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16710
16711 ;;;***
16712 \f
16713 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16714 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16715 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17842 54888))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16717
16718 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16719 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16720 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16721 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16722
16723 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16724
16725 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16726 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16727 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16728
16729 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16730
16731 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16732 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16733 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16734
16735 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16736
16737 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16738 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16739 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16740 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16741
16742 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16743
16744 ;;;***
16745 \f
16746 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16747 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17874 62081))
16748 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16749
16750 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16751 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16752 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16753 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16754 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16755 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16756 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16757 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16758
16759 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16760 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16761
16762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16763 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16764
16765 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16766
16767 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16768 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16769 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16770 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16771 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16772 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16773 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16774 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16775
16776 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16777
16778 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16779 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16780 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16781 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16782
16783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16784 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16785
16786 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16787
16788 ;;;***
16789 \f
16790 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16791 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16793
16794 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16795
16796 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16797
16798 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16799 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16800
16801 \(fn)" t nil)
16802
16803 ;;;***
16804 \f
16805 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16806 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
16807 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16808
16809 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16810 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16811
16812 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16813 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16814
16815 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16816 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16817
16818 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16819 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16820 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16821 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16822 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16823 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16824 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16825 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16826 and transmit saved text.
16827
16828 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16829 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16830 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16831
16832 \(fn)" t nil)
16833
16834 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16835 Not documented
16836
16837 \(fn)" nil nil)
16838
16839 ;;;***
16840 \f
16841 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17842 55395))
16842 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16843
16844 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16845 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16846 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16847 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16848 generations (this defaults to 1).
16849
16850 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16851
16852 ;;;***
16853 \f
16854 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17942
16855 ;;;;;; 63381))
16856 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16857
16858 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16859 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16860 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16861 is nil, raise an error.
16862
16863 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16864 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16865 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16866 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16867 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16868 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16869 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16870 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16871 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16872
16873 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16874
16875 ;;;***
16876 \f
16877 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16878 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17992 30877))
16879 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16880
16881 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16882 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16883 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16884
16885 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16886
16887 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16888 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16889 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16890 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16891
16892 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16893 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16894 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16895 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16896 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16897 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16898 the version.)
16899
16900 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16901 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16902
16903 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16904 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16905
16906 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16907
16908 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16909
16910 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16911 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16912 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16913 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16914 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16915 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16916 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16917 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16918 to constrain a big search.
16919
16920 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16921
16922 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16923 except that FILTER is not optional.
16924
16925 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16926
16927 ;;;***
16928 \f
16929 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18010 5298))
16930 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16931
16932 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16933 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16934 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16935 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16936 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16937 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16938 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16939 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16940 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16941 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16942 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16943 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16944 uses the current buffer.
16945
16946 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16947
16948 ;;;***
16949 \f
16950 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17842
16951 ;;;;;; 58279))
16952 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16953
16954 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16955 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16956
16957 \(fn)" t nil)
16958
16959 ;;;***
16960 \f
16961 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17992
16962 ;;;;;; 30877))
16963 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16964
16965 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16966 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16967 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16968 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16969 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16970
16971 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16972 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16973 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16974
16975 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16976 are indicated with a symbol.
16977
16978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16979
16980 ;;;***
16981 \f
16982 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16983 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17842
16984 ;;;;;; 58279))
16985 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16986
16987 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16988
16989 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16990
16991 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16992 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16993 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16994
16995 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16996 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16997
16998 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16999 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17000 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17001 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17002 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17003 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17004 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17005
17006 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17007
17008 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17009 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17010 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17011 switch on this list.
17012 See `lpr-command'.")
17013
17014 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17015
17016 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17017 *Name of program for printing a file.
17018
17019 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17020 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17021 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17022 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17023 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17024 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17025 argument.")
17026
17027 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17028
17029 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17030 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17031 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17032 for customization of the printer command.
17033
17034 \(fn)" t nil)
17035
17036 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17037 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17038
17039 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17040 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17041 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17042 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17043
17044 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17045 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17046
17047 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17048 for further customization of the printer command.
17049
17050 \(fn)" t nil)
17051
17052 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17053 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17054 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17055 for customization of the printer command.
17056
17057 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17058
17059 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17060 Paginate and print the region contents.
17061
17062 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17063 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17064 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17065 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17066
17067 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17068 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17069
17070 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17071 for further customization of the printer command.
17072
17073 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17074
17075 ;;;***
17076 \f
17077 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17078 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
17079 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17080
17081 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17082 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17083 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17084
17085 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17086
17087 ;;;***
17088 \f
17089 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17956
17090 ;;;;;; 13479))
17091 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17092
17093 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17094 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17095 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17096
17097 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17098
17099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17100
17101 ;;;***
17102 \f
17103 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17923
17104 ;;;;;; 63540))
17105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17106
17107 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17108 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17109 \\{m4-mode-map}
17110
17111 \(fn)" t nil)
17112
17113 ;;;***
17114 \f
17115 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17116 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
17117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17118
17119 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17120 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17121 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17122 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17123 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17124
17125 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17126
17127 ;;;***
17128 \f
17129 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17130 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17842 58279))
17131 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17132
17133 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17134 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17135 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17136 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17137 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17138
17139 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17140
17141 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17142 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17143 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17144 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17145
17146 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17147 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17148 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17149 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17150 bindings.
17151
17152 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17153 use this command, and then save the file.
17154
17155 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17156
17157 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17158 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17159 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17160 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17161 each time the macro executes.
17162 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17163 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17164 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17165 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17166 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17167 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17168 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17169
17170 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17171
17172 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17173 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17174 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17175 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17176
17177 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17178 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17179 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17180 execute.
17181
17182 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17183 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17184
17185 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17186 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17187 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17188 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17189 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17190
17191 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17192 looked like this:
17193
17194 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17195 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17196 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17197
17198 You could enter the names in this format:
17199
17200 foo
17201 bar
17202 baz
17203
17204 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17205
17206 \\C-x (
17207 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17208 \\C-x )
17209
17210 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17211 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17212
17213 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17214 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17215
17216 ;;;***
17217 \f
17218 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17219 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17842 55035))
17220 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17221
17222 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17223 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17224 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17225 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17226 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17227 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17228
17229 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17230 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17231 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17232 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17233 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17234
17235 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17236 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17237 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17238 consing a string.)
17239
17240 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17241
17242 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17243 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17244
17245 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17246
17247 ;;;***
17248 \f
17249 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17250 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17251 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17253
17254 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17255 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17256
17257 \(fn)" nil nil)
17258
17259 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17260 Not documented
17261
17262 \(fn)" nil nil)
17263
17264 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17265 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17266
17267 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17268
17269 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17270 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17271 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17272 message.
17273
17274 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17275
17276 \(fn)" nil nil)
17277
17278 ;;;***
17279 \f
17280 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17281 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17282 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17842
17283 ;;;;;; 55035))
17284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17285
17286 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17287 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17288 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17289 often correct parser.")
17290
17291 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17292
17293 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17294 Not documented
17295
17296 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17297
17298 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17299 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17300 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17301 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17302
17303 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17304
17305 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17306 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17307 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17308 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17309
17310 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17311
17312 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17313 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17314 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17315 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17316 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17317 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17318 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17319 as Rmail does.
17320
17321 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17322
17323 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17324 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17325 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17326 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17327 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17328 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17329
17330 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17331
17332 ;;;***
17333 \f
17334 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17335 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17992 30878))
17336 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17337
17338 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17339 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17340
17341 \(fn)" nil nil)
17342
17343 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17344 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17345 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17346
17347 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17348
17349 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17350 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17351 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17352
17353 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17354
17355 ;;;***
17356 \f
17357 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17358 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17842
17359 ;;;;;; 55035))
17360 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17361
17362 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17363 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17364 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17365 king@grassland.com
17366 If `parens', they look like:
17367 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17368 If `angles', they look like:
17369 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17370
17371 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17372
17373 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17374 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17375 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17376 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17377 their `Resent-' variants.
17378
17379 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17380 removed from alias expansions.
17381
17382 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17383
17384 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17385 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17386 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17387
17388 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17389 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17390 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17391 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17392
17393 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17394
17395 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17396 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17397 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17398 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17399
17400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17401
17402 ;;;***
17403 \f
17404 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17405 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17406 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17407
17408 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17409 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17410 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17411 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17412
17413 \(fn)" nil nil)
17414
17415 ;;;***
17416 \f
17417 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17418 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17419 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17842 56332))
17420 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17421
17422 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17423 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17424
17425 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17426 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17427 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17428 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17429 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17430 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17431
17432 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17433 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17434 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17435 dependency, despite the colon.
17436
17437 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17438
17439 In the browser, use the following keys:
17440
17441 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17442
17443 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17444
17445 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17446 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17447
17448 `makefile-target-colon':
17449 The string that gets appended to all target names
17450 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17451 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17452
17453 `makefile-macro-assign':
17454 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17455 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17456 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17457 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17458 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17459 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17460
17461 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17462 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17463 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17464
17465 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17466 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17467
17468 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17469 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17470 up or down in the browser.
17471
17472 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17473 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17474
17475 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17476 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17477
17478 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17479 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17480 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17481 has been selected in the browser.
17482
17483 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17484 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17485 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17486 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17487 filenames are omitted.
17488
17489 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17490 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17491 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17492 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17493 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17494 the backslash itself intact.
17495 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17496 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17497
17498 `makefile-browser-hook':
17499 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17500 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17501
17502 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17503 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17504 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17505 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17506
17507 \(fn)" t nil)
17508
17509 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17510 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17511
17512 \(fn)" t nil)
17513
17514 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17515 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17516
17517 \(fn)" t nil)
17518
17519 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17520 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17521
17522 \(fn)" t nil)
17523
17524 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17525 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17526
17527 \(fn)" t nil)
17528
17529 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17530 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17531
17532 \(fn)" t nil)
17533
17534 ;;;***
17535 \f
17536 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17842
17537 ;;;;;; 58279))
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17539
17540 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17541 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17542 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17543
17544 \(fn)" t nil)
17545
17546 ;;;***
17547 \f
17548 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17992 30877))
17549 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17550
17551 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17552
17553 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17554 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17555 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17556 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17557 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17558 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17559 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17560
17561 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17562 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17563 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17564 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17565
17566 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17567
17568 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17569 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17570
17571 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17572
17573 ;;;***
17574 \f
17575 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17842 58279))
17576 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17577
17578 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17579 Toggle Master mode.
17580 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17581 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17582 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17583
17584 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17585 following commands:
17586
17587 \\{master-mode-map}
17588
17589 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17590 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17591 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17592
17593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17594
17595 ;;;***
17596 \f
17597 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17942
17598 ;;;;;; 63381))
17599 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17600
17601 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17602
17603 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17604 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17605 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17607 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17608 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17609
17610 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17611
17612 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17613 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17614 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17615 created in the future.
17616 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17617 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17618
17619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17620
17621 ;;;***
17622 \f
17623 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17624 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17625 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17626 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17627 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17628 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17629 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17630 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17631 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17632 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17633 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18010 19867))
17634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17635
17636 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17637 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17638
17639 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17640 king@grassland.com
17641 If `parens', they look like:
17642 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17643 If `angles', they look like:
17644 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17645
17646 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17647 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17648
17649 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17650
17651 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17652 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17653
17654 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17655
17656 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17657 *Local news organization file.")
17658
17659 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17660
17661 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17662 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17663 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17664 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17665
17666 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17667 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17668 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17669
17670 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17671
17672 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17673
17674 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17675 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17676
17677 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17678 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17679 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17680 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17681
17682 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17683
17684 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17685 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17686 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17687 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17688
17689 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17690
17691 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17692 *Function for citing an original message.
17693 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17694 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17695 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17696
17697 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17698
17699 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17700 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17701 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17702 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17703 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17704
17705 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17706
17707 (defvar message-signature t "\
17708 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17709 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17710 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17711 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17712
17713 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17714
17715 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17716 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17717 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17718 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17719
17720 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17721
17722 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17723 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17724
17725 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17726
17727 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17728
17729 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17730 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17731 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17732 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17733 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17734 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17735 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17736 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17737 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17738 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17739 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17740 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17741 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17742 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17743 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17744 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17745 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17746 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17747 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17748 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17749 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17750 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17751 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17752 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17753 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17754 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17755 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17756 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17757 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17758 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17759 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17760 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17761 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17762 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17763 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17764 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17765 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17766
17767 \(fn)" t nil)
17768
17769 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17770 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17771 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17772 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17773 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17774
17775 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17778 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17779
17780 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17783 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17784
17785 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17786
17787 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17788 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17789
17790 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17791
17792 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17793 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17794 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17795
17796 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17797
17798 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17799 Cancel an article you posted.
17800 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17801
17802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17803
17804 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17805 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17806 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17807 header line with the old Message-ID.
17808
17809 \(fn)" t nil)
17810
17811 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17812 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17813
17814 \(fn)" t nil)
17815
17816 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17817 Forward the current message via mail.
17818 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17819 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17820
17821 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17822
17823 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17824 Not documented
17825
17826 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17827
17828 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17829 Not documented
17830
17831 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17832
17833 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17834 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17835
17836 \(fn)" t nil)
17837
17838 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17839 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17840
17841 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17842
17843 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17844 Re-mail the current message.
17845 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17846 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17847 you.
17848
17849 \(fn)" t nil)
17850
17851 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17852 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17853
17854 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17855
17856 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17857 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17858
17859 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17860
17861 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17862 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17863
17864 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17865
17866 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17867 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17868
17869 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17870
17871 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17872 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17873 Works by overstriking characters.
17874 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17875 which specify the range to operate on.
17876
17877 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17878
17879 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17880 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17881 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17882 which specify the range to operate on.
17883
17884 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17885
17886 ;;;***
17887 \f
17888 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17889 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
17890 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17891
17892 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17893 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17894 Special commands:
17895 \\{meta-mode-map}
17896
17897 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17898 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17899
17900 \(fn)" t nil)
17901
17902 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17903 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17904 Special commands:
17905 \\{meta-mode-map}
17906
17907 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17908 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17909
17910 \(fn)" t nil)
17911
17912 ;;;***
17913 \f
17914 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17915 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17916 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17918
17919 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17920 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17921 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17922
17923 \(fn)" t nil)
17924
17925 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17926 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17927 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17928 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17929 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17930 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17931 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17932
17933 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17934
17935 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17936 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17937 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17938 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17939 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17940 means current).
17941 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17942 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17943
17944 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17945
17946 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17947 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17948 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17949 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17950 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17951 means current).
17952 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17953 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17954
17955 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17956
17957 ;;;***
17958 \f
17959 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17960 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17961 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17842 55144))
17962 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17963
17964 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17965 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17966 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17967
17968 \(fn)" t nil)
17969
17970 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17971 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17972 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17973
17974 \(fn)" t nil)
17975
17976 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17977 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17978
17979 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17980 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17981 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17982
17983 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17984 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17985
17986 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17987 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17988
17989 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17990
17991 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17992
17993 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17994 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17995 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17996 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17997 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17998 as `compose-mail'.
17999
18000 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18001 initial Subject field, respectively.
18002
18003 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18004 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18005 are strings.
18006
18007 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18008 ignored.
18009
18010 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18011
18012 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18013 Save draft and send message.
18014
18015 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18016 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18017 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18018 Mail Delivery*\".
18019
18020 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18021 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18022 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18023
18024 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18025 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18026 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18027 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18028 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18029 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18030
18031 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18032 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18033
18034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18035
18036 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18037 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18038
18039 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18040 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18041 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18042 delete the draft message.
18043
18044 \(fn)" t nil)
18045
18046 ;;;***
18047 \f
18048 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17842 55144))
18049 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18050
18051 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18052
18053 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18054
18055 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18056
18057 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18058 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18059
18060 \(fn)" t nil)
18061
18062 ;;;***
18063 \f
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18065 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17842 55144))
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18067
18068 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18069 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18070 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18071
18072 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18073 the MH mail system.
18074
18075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18076
18077 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18078 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18079 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18080
18081 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18082 the MH mail system.
18083
18084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18085
18086 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18087 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18088
18089 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18090 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18091 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18092 separate command.
18093
18094 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18095 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18096 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18097 format.
18098
18099 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18100
18101 Ranges
18102 ======
18103 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18104 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18105 can be used in several ways.
18106
18107 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18108 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18109 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18110 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18111 page):
18112
18113 <num1>-<num2>
18114 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18115 The range must be nonempty.
18116
18117 <num>:N
18118 <num>:+N
18119 <num>:-N
18120 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18121 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18122 last.
18123
18124 first:N
18125 prev:N
18126 next:N
18127 last:N
18128 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18129
18130 all
18131 All of the messages.
18132
18133 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18134 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18135
18136 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18137 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18138 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18139
18140 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18141
18142 \(fn)" t nil)
18143
18144 ;;;***
18145 \f
18146 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18147 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17842 58279))
18148 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18149
18150 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18151 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18152 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18153 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18154 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18155 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18156 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18157 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18158 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18159 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18160 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18161
18162 \(fn)" t nil)
18163
18164 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18165 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18166 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18167 to its second argument TM.
18168
18169 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18170
18171 ;;;***
18172 \f
18173 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18174 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17842 58279))
18175 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18176
18177 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18178 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18179 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18180 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18181 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18182 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18183
18184 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18185
18186 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18187 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18188 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18189 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18190 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18191 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18192 default indication.
18193
18194 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18195 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18196
18197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18198
18199 ;;;***
18200 \f
18201 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18202 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18204
18205 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18206 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18207 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18208
18209 \(fn)" t nil)
18210
18211 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18212
18213 ;;;***
18214 \f
18215 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18216 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18217 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
18218 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18219
18220 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18221 Not documented
18222
18223 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18224
18225 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18226 Not documented
18227
18228 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18229
18230 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18231 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18232 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18233 PATTERN regexp.
18234
18235 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18236
18237 ;;;***
18238 \f
18239 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18240 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17842 54741))
18241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18242
18243 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18244 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18245
18246 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18247
18248 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18249 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18250 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18251 the entire message.
18252 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18253
18254 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18255
18256 ;;;***
18257 \f
18258 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18259 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18261
18262 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18263 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18264 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18265 the entire message.
18266 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18267
18268 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18269
18270 ;;;***
18271 \f
18272 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18273 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17842 54741))
18274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18275
18276 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18277 Insert file contents of URL.
18278 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18279
18280 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18281
18282 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18283 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18284
18285 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18286
18287 ;;;***
18288 \f
18289 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18290 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17842 54741))
18291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18292
18293 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18294 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18295 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18296 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18297 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18298
18299 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18300
18301 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18302 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18303 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18304
18305 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18306
18307 ;;;***
18308 \f
18309 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18310 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18312
18313 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18314 Not documented
18315
18316 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18317
18318 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18319 Not documented
18320
18321 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18322
18323 ;;;***
18324 \f
18325 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18326 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18327 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17842 54741))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18329
18330 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18331 Not documented
18332
18333 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18334
18335 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18336 Not documented
18337
18338 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18339
18340 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18341 Not documented
18342
18343 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18344
18345 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18346 Not documented
18347
18348 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18349
18350 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18351 Not documented
18352
18353 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18354
18355 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18356 Not documented
18357
18358 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18359
18360 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18361 Not documented
18362
18363 \(fn)" nil nil)
18364
18365 ;;;***
18366 \f
18367 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18368 ;;;;;; (17276 13069))
18369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18370
18371 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18372 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18373 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18374 followed by the first character of the construct.
18375 \\<m2-mode-map>
18376 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18377 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18378 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18379 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18380 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18381 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18382 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18383 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18384 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18385 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18386 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18387 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18388 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18389 \\[m2-link] link
18390
18391 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18392 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18393 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18394
18395 \(fn)" t nil)
18396
18397 ;;;***
18398 \f
18399 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18400 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
18401 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18402
18403 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18404 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18405
18406 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18407
18408 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18409 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18410
18411 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18412
18413 ;;;***
18414 \f
18415 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17842
18416 ;;;;;; 58279))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18418
18419 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18420 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18421 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18424 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18425
18426 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18427
18428 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18429 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18430 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18431 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18432
18433 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18434
18435 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18436
18437 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18438
18439 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18440 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18441 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18442 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18443 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18444 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18445
18446 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18447 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18448 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18449 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18450 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18451
18452 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18453 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18454
18455 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18456 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18457
18458 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18459
18460 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18461 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18462 primary selection and region.
18463
18464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18465
18466 ;;;***
18467 \f
18468 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17862 6157))
18469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18470
18471 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18472 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18473
18474 \(fn)" t nil)
18475
18476 ;;;***
18477 \f
18478 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18006 55796))
18479 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18480
18481 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18482 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18483 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18486 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18487
18488 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18489
18490 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18491 Toggle Msb mode.
18492 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18493 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18494 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18495
18496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18497
18498 ;;;***
18499 \f
18500 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18501 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18502 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18503 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18504 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18505 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
18506 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18507
18508 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18509 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18510 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18511 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18512 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18513 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18514 set of ISO charsets.
18515
18516 Each element has the following format:
18517 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18518
18519 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18520
18521 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18522 CHARSET are mapped.
18523
18524 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18525 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18526 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18527 character code in CHARSET.
18528
18529 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18530 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18531 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18532 or
18533 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18534 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18535 TO2, or...
18536 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18537 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18538
18539 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18540 Display a list of all character sets.
18541
18542 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18543 internal Emacs use.
18544
18545 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18546 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18547 hexadecimal digits.
18548 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18549 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18550
18551 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18552 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18553 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18554 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18555
18556 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18557 but still shows the full information.
18558
18559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18560
18561 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18562 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18563 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18564 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18565 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18566
18567 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18568 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18569 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18570 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18571 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18572
18573 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18574
18575 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18576 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18577 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18578 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18579 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18580
18581 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18582
18583 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18584 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18585
18586 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18587
18588 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18589 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18590
18591 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18592
18593 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18594 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18595
18596 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18597 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18598 in place of `..':
18599 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18600 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18601 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18602 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18603 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18604 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18605 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18606 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18607 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18608 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18609 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18610 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18611 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18612 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18613 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18614 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18615
18616 \(fn)" t nil)
18617
18618 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18619 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18620
18621 \(fn)" t nil)
18622
18623 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18624 Display a list of all coding systems.
18625 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18626
18627 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18628 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18629
18630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18631
18632 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18633 Display a list of all coding categories.
18634
18635 \(fn)" nil nil)
18636
18637 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18639 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18640
18641 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18642
18643 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display information about FONTSET.
18645 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18646
18647 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18648
18649 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18650 Display a list of all fontsets.
18651 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18652 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18653 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18654
18655 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18656
18657 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18658 Display information about all input methods.
18659
18660 \(fn)" t nil)
18661
18662 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18664
18665 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18666 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18667 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18668 system which uses fontsets).
18669
18670 \(fn)" t nil)
18671
18672 ;;;***
18673 \f
18674 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18675 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18676 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18677 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18678 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18679 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17842 54888))
18680 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18681
18682 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18683 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18684 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18685
18686 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18687
18688 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18689
18690 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18691 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18692
18693 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18694 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18695
18696 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18697 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18698
18699 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18700
18701 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18702 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18703 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18704 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18705 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18706 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18707 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18708
18709 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18710 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18711 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18712 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18713 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18714 middle of a character in STR.
18715
18716 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18717 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18718
18719 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18720 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18721 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18722 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18723 defaults to \"...\".
18724
18725 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18726
18727 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18728 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18729
18730 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18731 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18732 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18733
18734 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18735 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18736 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18737
18738 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18739 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18740 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18741 is considered.
18742 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18743 longer than KEYSEQ.
18744 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18745
18746 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18747
18748 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18749 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18750 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18751 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18752 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18753 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18754 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18755 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18756 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18757 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18758 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18759
18760 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18761
18762 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18763 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18764
18765 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18766
18767 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18768 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18769
18770 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18771
18772 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18773 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18774
18775 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18776
18777 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18778 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18779
18780 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18781
18782 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18783 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18784 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18785 coding systems ordered by priority.
18786
18787 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18788
18789 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18790 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18791 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18792 language environment LANG-ENV.
18793
18794 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18795
18796 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18797 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18798 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18799 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18800 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18801 basis, this may not be accurate.
18802
18803 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18804
18805 ;;;***
18806 \f
18807 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18808 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
18809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18810
18811 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18812 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18813 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18816 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18817
18818 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18819
18820 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18821 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18822 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18823 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18824
18825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18826
18827 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18828 Enable mouse wheel support.
18829
18830 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18831
18832 ;;;***
18833 \f
18834 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18835 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18836 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18837 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17891 7215))
18838 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18839
18840 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18841 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18842
18843 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18844
18845 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18846 Ping HOST.
18847 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18848 `ping-program-options'.
18849
18850 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18851
18852 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18853 Run ipconfig program.
18854
18855 \(fn)" t nil)
18856
18857 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18858
18859 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18860 Run netstat program.
18861
18862 \(fn)" t nil)
18863
18864 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18865 Run the arp program.
18866
18867 \(fn)" t nil)
18868
18869 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18870 Run the route program.
18871
18872 \(fn)" t nil)
18873
18874 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18875 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18876
18877 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18878
18879 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18880 Run nslookup program.
18881
18882 \(fn)" t nil)
18883
18884 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18885 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18886
18887 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18888
18889 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18890 Run dig program.
18891
18892 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18893
18894 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18895 Run ftp program.
18896
18897 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18898
18899 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18900 Finger USER on HOST.
18901
18902 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18903
18904 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18905 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18906 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18907 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18908
18909 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18910
18911 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18912 Not documented
18913
18914 \(fn)" t nil)
18915
18916 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18917 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18918
18919 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18920
18921 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18922 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18923
18924 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18925
18926 ;;;***
18927 \f
18928 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18929 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18930 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18931 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18932 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18933 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17992 30877))
18934 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18935
18936 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18937
18938 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18939
18940 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18941
18942 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18943
18944 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18945 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18946 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18947 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18948 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18949 Major modes should set this variable.")
18950
18951 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18952 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18953 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18954 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18955 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18956 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18957
18958 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18959 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18960
18961 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18962 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18963 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18964
18965 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18966 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18967 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18968 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18969 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18970
18971 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18972 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18973 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18974
18975 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18976 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18977 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18978 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18979
18980 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18981 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18982 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18983 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18984 column indentation or nil.
18985 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18986
18987 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18988 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18989 The function has no args.
18990
18991 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18992 comments always start in column zero.")
18993
18994 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18995 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18996 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18997
18998 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18999
19000 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19001 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19002 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19003 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19004
19005 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19006 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19007
19008 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19009
19010 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19011 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19012 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19013 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19014 customize this variable.
19015
19016 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19017 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19018
19019 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19020
19021 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19022 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19023 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19024 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19025 the variables are properly set.
19026
19027 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19028
19029 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19030 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19031
19032 \(fn)" nil nil)
19033
19034 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19035 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19036 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19037
19038 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19039
19040 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19041 Set the comment column based on point.
19042 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19043 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19044 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19045 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19046
19047 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19048
19049 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19050 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19051 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19052
19053 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19054
19055 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19056 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19057 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19058 comment markers.
19059
19060 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19061
19062 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19063 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19064 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19065 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19066 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19067 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19068 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19069 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19070
19071 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19072 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19073
19074 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19075
19076 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19077 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19078 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19079 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19080
19081 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19082
19083 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19084 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19085 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19086 is passed on to the respective function.
19087
19088 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19089
19090 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19091 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19092 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19093 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19094 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19095 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19096 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19097 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19098 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19099
19100 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19101
19102 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19103 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19104 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19105
19106 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19107
19108 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19109 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19110 This indents the body of the continued comment
19111 under the previous comment line.
19112
19113 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19114 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19115 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19116
19117 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19118 or comment indentation.
19119
19120 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19121 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19122
19123 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19124
19125 ;;;***
19126 \f
19127 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19128 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19129 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17873 44590))
19130 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19131
19132 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19133 Check whether newsticker is running.
19134 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19135 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19136
19137 \(fn)" nil nil)
19138
19139 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19140 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19141 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19142 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19143 empty.
19144
19145 \(fn)" nil nil)
19146
19147 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19148 Start the newsticker.
19149 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19150 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19151 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19152 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19153
19154 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19155
19156 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19157 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19158 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19159 running already.
19160
19161 \(fn)" t nil)
19162
19163 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19164 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19165
19166 \(fn)" t nil)
19167
19168 ;;;***
19169 \f
19170 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19171 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
19172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19173
19174 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19175 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19176
19177 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19178
19179 ;;;***
19180 \f
19181 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17842
19182 ;;;;;; 54741))
19183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19184
19185 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19186 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19187 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19188 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19189 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19190 symbol in the alist.
19191
19192 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19193
19194 ;;;***
19195 \f
19196 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19197 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19199
19200 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19201 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19202 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19203
19204 \(fn)" t nil)
19205
19206 ;;;***
19207 \f
19208 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19209 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19211
19212 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19213 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19214 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19215
19216 \(fn)" t nil)
19217
19218 ;;;***
19219 \f
19220 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19221 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19223
19224 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19225 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19226
19227 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19228
19229 ;;;***
19230 \f
19231 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19232 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17842 54741))
19233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19234
19235 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19236 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19237
19238 \(fn)" t nil)
19239
19240 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19241 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19242
19243 \(fn)" t nil)
19244
19245 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19246 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19247
19248 \(fn)" t nil)
19249
19250 ;;;***
19251 \f
19252 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19253 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17842 58279))
19254 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19255
19256 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19257 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19258 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19259
19260 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19261
19262 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19263 Not documented
19264
19265 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19266
19267 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19268 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19269 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19270 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19271 to future sessions.
19272
19273 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19274
19275 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19276 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19277 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19278 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19279 to future sessions.
19280
19281 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19282
19283 ;;;***
19284 \f
19285 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19286 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
19287 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19288
19289 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19290 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19291 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19292 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19293 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19294 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19295
19296 \(fn)" t nil)
19297
19298 ;;;***
19299 \f
19300 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19301 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19303
19304 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19305 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19306 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19307 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19308 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19309
19310 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19311
19312 ;;;***
19313 \f
19314 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19315 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19317
19318 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19319 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19320 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19321
19322 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19323
19324 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19325 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19326
19327 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19328 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19329 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19330
19331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19332
19333 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19334
19335 ;;;***
19336 \f
19337 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19338 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19340
19341 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19342 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19343
19344 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19345 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19346 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19347 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19348
19349 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19350 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19351 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19352 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19353 is why you need this mode!).
19354
19355 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19356 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19357 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19358
19359 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19360
19361 Keybindings
19362 ===========
19363
19364 \\{octave-mode-map}
19365
19366 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19367 ==============================================
19368
19369 octave-auto-indent
19370 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19371 Default is nil.
19372
19373 octave-auto-newline
19374 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19375 Default is nil.
19376
19377 octave-blink-matching-block
19378 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19379 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19380
19381 octave-block-offset
19382 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19383 Default is 2.
19384
19385 octave-continuation-offset
19386 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19387 Default is 4.
19388
19389 octave-continuation-string
19390 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19391 Default is a backslash.
19392
19393 octave-mode-startup-message
19394 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19395 Default is t.
19396
19397 octave-send-echo-input
19398 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19399 command to the inferior Octave process.
19400
19401 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19402 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19403 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19404
19405 octave-send-echo-input
19406 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19407
19408 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19409
19410 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19411 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19412
19413 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19414 (setq auto-mode-alist
19415 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19416
19417 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19418 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19419
19420 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19421 (lambda ()
19422 (abbrev-mode 1)
19423 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19424 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19425 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19426
19427 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19428 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19429 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19430 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19431
19432 \(fn)" t nil)
19433
19434 ;;;***
19435 \f
19436 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19437 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19438 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19439 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19440 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19441 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19442 ;;;;;; (17922 37459))
19443 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19444
19445 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19446 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19447 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19448
19449 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19450 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19451 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19452 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19453 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19454 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19455 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19456 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19457 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19458 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19459
19460 The following commands are available:
19461
19462 \\{org-mode-map}
19463
19464 \(fn)" t nil)
19465
19466 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19467 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19468
19469 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19470 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19471 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19472 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19473 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19474
19475 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19476 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19477 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19478 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19479 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19480 and zoom in further.
19481 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19482
19483 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19484 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19485 is negative, go up that many levels.
19486
19487 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19488 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19489 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19490
19491 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19492 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19493
19494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19495
19496 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19497 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19498
19499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19500
19501 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19502 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19503
19504 \(fn)" nil nil)
19505
19506 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19507 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19508
19509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19510
19511 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19512 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19513 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19514 \\[org-insert-link].
19515 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19516 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19517 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19518
19519 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19520
19521 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19522 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19523 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19524 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19525 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19526
19527 \(fn)" nil nil)
19528
19529 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19530 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19531 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19532 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19533
19534 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19535
19536 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19537 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19538 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19539 of the remember buffer.
19540
19541 \(fn)" t nil)
19542
19543 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19544 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19545 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19546 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19547 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19548 file the text at a specific location.
19549 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19550 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19551 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19552
19553 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19554 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19555 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19556 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19557 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19558 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19559 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19560 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19561
19562 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19563 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19564 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19565 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19566
19567 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19568 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19569 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19570
19571 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19572 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19573 \(i.e. after the stars).
19574
19575 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19576
19577 \(fn)" nil nil)
19578
19579 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19580 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19581 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19582 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19583 g
19584 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19585 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19586 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19587 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19588 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19589 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19590 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19591 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19592
19593 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19594 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19595 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19596
19597 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19598 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19599 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19600
19601 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19602
19603 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19604 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19605 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19606 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19607 before running the agenda command.
19608
19609 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19610
19611 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19612 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19613 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19614 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19615
19616 \(fn)" t nil)
19617
19618 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19619 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19620 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19621 will be able to go to other weeks.
19622 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19623 also be shown, under the current date.
19624 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19625 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19626 to turn on logging.
19627 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19628 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19629 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19630
19631 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19632
19633 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19634 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19635 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19636 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19637 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19638 `org-todo-keywords'.
19639
19640 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19641
19642 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19643 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19644 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19645
19646 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19647
19648 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19649 Return diary information from org-files.
19650 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19651 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19652 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19653 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19654
19655 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19656 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19657 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19658
19659 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19660 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19661 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19662 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19663
19664 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19665 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19666 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19667
19668 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19669 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19670 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19671 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19672
19673 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19674
19675 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19676
19677 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19678 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19679
19680 &%%(org-diary)
19681
19682 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19683 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19684 also be written as
19685
19686 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19687
19688 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19689 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19690 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19691
19692 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19693
19694 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19695 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19696 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19697 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19698
19699 \(fn)" t nil)
19700
19701 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19702 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19703 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19704 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19705
19706 \(fn)" t nil)
19707
19708 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19709 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19710 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19711
19712 \(fn)" t nil)
19713
19714 ;;;***
19715 \f
19716 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19717 ;;;;;; (17952 11093))
19718 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19719 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19720
19721 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19722 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19723 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19724 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19725
19726 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19727 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19728 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19729 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19730
19731 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19732 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19733 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19734 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19735 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19736 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19737
19738 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19739 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19740 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19741
19742 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19743 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19744 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19745 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19746 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19747 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19748 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19749 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19750 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19751 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19752 The subheadings remain visible.
19753 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19754
19755 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19756 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19757 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19758
19759 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19760 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19761
19762 \(fn)" t nil)
19763
19764 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19765 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19766 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19767 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19768
19769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19770
19771 ;;;***
19772 \f
19773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17842
19774 ;;;;;; 58277))
19775 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19776 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19777 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19778 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19779 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19780 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19781 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19782 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19783 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19784 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19785
19786 ;;;***
19787 \f
19788 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18016 8765))
19789 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19790
19791 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19792 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19793 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19795 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19796 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19797
19798 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19799
19800 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19801 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19802 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19803 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19804
19805 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19806 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19807
19808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19809
19810 ;;;***
19811 \f
19812 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19813 ;;;;;; (17957 43164))
19814 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19815
19816 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19817 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19818 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19819 unknown are returned as nil.
19820
19821 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19822
19823 ;;;***
19824 \f
19825 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17842
19826 ;;;;;; 56332))
19827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19828
19829 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19830 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19831 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19832
19833 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19834 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19835
19836 Other useful functions are:
19837
19838 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19839 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19840 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19841 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19842 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19843 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19844 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19845 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19846 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19847
19848 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19849
19850 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19851 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19852 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19853 Indentation for case statements.
19854 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19855 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19856 mark after an end.
19857 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19858 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19859 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19860 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19861 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19862 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19863 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19864 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19865 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19866 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19867
19868 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19869 pascal-separator-keywords.
19870
19871 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19872 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19873
19874 \(fn)" t nil)
19875
19876 ;;;***
19877 \f
19878 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19879 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
19880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19881
19882 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19883 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19884 The keys affected are:
19885 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19886 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19887 M-Backspace does undo.
19888 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19889 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19890 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19891
19892 \(fn)" t nil)
19893
19894 ;;;***
19895 \f
19896 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19897 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17842 54264))
19898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19899
19900 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19901 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19902 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19903 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19904 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19905 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19906
19907 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19908
19909 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19910 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19911
19912 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19913
19914 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19915 which modify the status of the mark.
19916
19917 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19918 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19919
19920 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19921 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19922
19923 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19924 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19925 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19926 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19927 turning PC Selection mode on.
19928
19929 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19930 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19931
19932 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19933 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19934 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19935
19936 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19937 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19938 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19939
19940 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19941 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19942
19943 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19944 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19945 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19946
19947 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19948 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19949 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19950
19951 F6 other-window
19952 DELETE delete-char
19953 C-DELETE kill-line
19954 M-DELETE kill-word
19955 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19956 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19957 M-BACKSPACE undo
19958
19959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19960
19961 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19962 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19963 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19964 and cursor movement commands.
19965 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19966 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19967 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19968
19969 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19970
19971 ;;;***
19972 \f
19973 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17842
19974 ;;;;;; 58279))
19975 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19976
19977 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19978 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19979
19980 \(fn)" nil nil)
19981
19982 ;;;***
19983 \f
19984 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19985 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17842 58279))
19986 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19987
19988 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19989 Completion for `gzip'.
19990
19991 \(fn)" nil nil)
19992
19993 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19994 Completion for `bzip2'.
19995
19996 \(fn)" nil nil)
19997
19998 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19999 Completion for GNU `make'.
20000
20001 \(fn)" nil nil)
20002
20003 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20004 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20005
20006 \(fn)" nil nil)
20007
20008 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20009
20010 ;;;***
20011 \f
20012 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20013 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17842 58279))
20014 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20015
20016 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20017 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20018
20019 \(fn)" nil nil)
20020
20021 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20022 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20023
20024 \(fn)" nil nil)
20025
20026 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20027 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20028
20029 \(fn)" nil nil)
20030
20031 ;;;***
20032 \f
20033 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17842
20034 ;;;;;; 58279))
20035 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20036
20037 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20038 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20039 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20040 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20041 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20042 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20043
20044 \(fn)" nil nil)
20045
20046 ;;;***
20047 \f
20048 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20049 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20050 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17842 58279))
20051 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20052
20053 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20054 Completion for `cd'.
20055
20056 \(fn)" nil nil)
20057
20058 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20059
20060 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20061 Completion for `rmdir'.
20062
20063 \(fn)" nil nil)
20064
20065 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20066 Completion for `rm'.
20067
20068 \(fn)" nil nil)
20069
20070 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20071 Completion for `xargs'.
20072
20073 \(fn)" nil nil)
20074
20075 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20076
20077 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20078 Completion for `which'.
20079
20080 \(fn)" nil nil)
20081
20082 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20083 Completion for the `chown' command.
20084
20085 \(fn)" nil nil)
20086
20087 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20088 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20089
20090 \(fn)" nil nil)
20091
20092 ;;;***
20093 \f
20094 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20095 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20096 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17944
20097 ;;;;;; 62194))
20098 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20099
20100 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20101 Support extensible programmable completion.
20102 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20103 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20104
20105 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20106
20107 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20108 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20109
20110 \(fn)" t nil)
20111
20112 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20113 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20114 This will modify the current buffer.
20115
20116 \(fn)" t nil)
20117
20118 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20119 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20120
20121 \(fn)" t nil)
20122
20123 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20124 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20125 This will modify the current buffer.
20126
20127 \(fn)" t nil)
20128
20129 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20130 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20131
20132 \(fn)" t nil)
20133
20134 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20135 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20136
20137 \(fn)" t nil)
20138
20139 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20140 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20141 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20142 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20143 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20144
20145 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20146
20147 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20148 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20149
20150 \(fn)" nil nil)
20151
20152 ;;;***
20153 \f
20154 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20155 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20156 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18006 55796))
20157 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20158
20159 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20160 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20161 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20162 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20163
20164 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20165
20166 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20167
20168 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20169 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20170 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20171 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20172 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20173 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20174 FLAGS is ignored.
20175
20176 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20177
20178 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20179 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20180 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20181 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20182 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20183 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20184 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20185 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20186
20187 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20188
20189 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20190 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20191 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20192 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20193 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20194 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20195 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20196 passed to cvs.
20197
20198 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20199
20200 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20201 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20202 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20203 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20204 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20205 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20206 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20207
20208 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20209
20210 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20211
20212 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20213 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20214 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20215
20216 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20217
20218 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20219 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20220 A value of nil means never do it.
20221 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20222 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20223 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20224
20225 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20226
20227 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20228 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20229 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20230
20231 ;;;***
20232 \f
20233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17842 58279))
20234 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20235
20236 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20237
20238 ;;;***
20239 \f
20240 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20241 ;;;;;; (17962 28280))
20242 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20243
20244 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20245 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20246 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20247 Tab indents for Perl code.
20248 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20249 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20250 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20251 \\{perl-mode-map}
20252 Variables controlling indentation style:
20253 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20254 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20255 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20256 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20257 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20258 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20259 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20260 `perl-nochange'
20261 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20262 `perl-indent-level'
20263 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20264 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20265 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20266 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20267 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20268 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20269 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20270 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20271 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20272 `perl-brace-offset'
20273 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20274 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20275 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20276 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20277 `perl-label-offset'
20278 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20279 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20280 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20281
20282 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20283 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20284 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20285 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20286 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20287 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20288 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20289
20290 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20291
20292 \(fn)" t nil)
20293
20294 ;;;***
20295 \f
20296 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20297 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20298 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20299 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17842 58279))
20300 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20301
20302 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20303 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20304
20305 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20306
20307 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20308 passphrase cache or user.
20309
20310 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20311
20312 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20313 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20314
20315 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20316 cache or user.
20317
20318 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20319
20320 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20321 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20322
20323 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20324 the region.
20325
20326 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20327 passphrase cache or user.
20328
20329 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20330
20331 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20332 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20333
20334 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20335
20336 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20337 the region.
20338
20339 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20340 passphrase cache or user.
20341
20342 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20343
20344 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20345 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20346
20347 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20348 passphrase cache or user.
20349
20350 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20351
20352 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20353 Decrypt the current buffer.
20354
20355 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20356 the region.
20357
20358 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20359 passphrase cache or user.
20360
20361 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20362
20363 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20364 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20365
20366 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20367 a detached signature.
20368
20369 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20370 and the the output is displayed.
20371
20372 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20373 passphrase cache or user.
20374
20375 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20376
20377 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20378 Sign the current buffer.
20379
20380 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20381 detached signature.
20382
20383 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20384 within the region.
20385
20386 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20387 and the the output is displayed.
20388
20389 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20390 passphrase cache or user.
20391
20392 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20393
20394 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20395 Verify the current region between START and END.
20396 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20397 the detached signature of the current region.
20398
20399 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20400 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20401
20402 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20403
20404 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20405 Verify the current buffer.
20406 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20407 the detached signature of the current region.
20408 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20409 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20410 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20411 within the region.
20412
20413 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20414
20415 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20416 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20417
20418 \(fn)" t nil)
20419
20420 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20421 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20422
20423 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20424
20425 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20426 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20427
20428 \(fn)" t nil)
20429
20430 ;;;***
20431 \f
20432 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20433 ;;;;;; (17887 33207))
20434 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20435
20436 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20437 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20438
20439 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20440
20441 ;;;***
20442 \f
20443 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20444 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20445 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20446
20447 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20448 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20449 \\<picture-mode-map>
20450 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20451 afterwards settable by these commands:
20452
20453 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20454 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20455 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20456 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20457
20458 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20459 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20460 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20461 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20462
20463 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20464 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20465 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20466 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20467
20468 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20469 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20470 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20471 with these commands:
20472
20473 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20474 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20475 Move to column following last
20476 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20477 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20478 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20479 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20480 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20481 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20482
20483 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20484
20485 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20486 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20487 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20488 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20489 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20490 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20491
20492 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20493 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20494 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20495 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20496 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20497 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20498 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20499
20500 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20501 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20502 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20503 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20504 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20505 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20506 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20507 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20508
20509 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20510 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20511 by supplying an argument.
20512
20513 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20514
20515 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20516 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20517
20518 \(fn)" t nil)
20519
20520 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20521
20522 ;;;***
20523 \f
20524 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20525 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20526 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20527
20528 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20529 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20530 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20531
20532 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20533
20534 ;;;***
20535 \f
20536 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17842 55395))
20537 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20538
20539 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20540 Play pong and waste time.
20541 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20542 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20543
20544 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20545
20546 \\{pong-mode-map}
20547
20548 \(fn)" t nil)
20549
20550 ;;;***
20551 \f
20552 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20553 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17852 19612))
20554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20555
20556 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20557 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20558 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20559 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20560
20561 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20562
20563 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20564 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20565
20566 \(fn)" nil nil)
20567
20568 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20569 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20570 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20571 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20572 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20573
20574 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20575
20576 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20577 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20578 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20579
20580 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20581
20582 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20583 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20584 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20585 Ignores leading comment characters.
20586
20587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20588
20589 ;;;***
20590 \f
20591 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20592 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20593 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20594 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20595 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20596 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20597 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20598 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20599 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20600 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20601 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20602 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20603 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20604 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20605 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20606 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20607 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20608 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20609 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
20610 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20611
20612 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20613 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20614
20615 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20616
20617 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20618
20619 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20620
20621 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20622 Preview directory using ghostview.
20623
20624 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20625 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20626 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20627 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20628
20629 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20630 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20631 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20632 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20633 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20634 file name.
20635
20636 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20637
20638 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20639
20640 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20641 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20642
20643 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20644 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20645 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20646 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20647
20648 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20649 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20650 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20651 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20652 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20653 file name.
20654
20655 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20656
20657 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20658
20659 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20660 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20661
20662 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20663 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20664 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20665 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20666
20667 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20668 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20669 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20670 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20671 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20672 file name.
20673
20674 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20675
20676 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20677
20678 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20679 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20680
20681 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20682
20683 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20684 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20685 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20686 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20687
20688 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20689 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20690 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20691 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20692 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20693 file name.
20694
20695 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20696
20697 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20698
20699 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20700 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20701
20702 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20703 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20704 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20705
20706 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20707 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20708 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20709 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20710
20711 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20712
20713 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20714 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20715
20716 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20717 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20718 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20719
20720 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20721 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20722 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20723 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20724
20725 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20726
20727 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20728 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20729
20730 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20731 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20732 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20733
20734 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20735 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20736 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20737 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20738
20739 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20740
20741 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20742 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20743
20744 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20745
20746 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20747 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20748 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20749
20750 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20751 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20752 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20753 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20754
20755 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20756
20757 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20758 Preview region using ghostview.
20759
20760 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20761
20762 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20763
20764 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20765 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20766
20767 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20768
20769 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20770
20771 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20772 Print region using PostScript printer.
20773
20774 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20775
20776 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20777
20778 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20779 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20780
20781 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20782
20783 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20784
20785 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20786 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20787
20788 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20789
20790 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20791
20792 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20793 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20794
20795 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20796
20797 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20798
20799 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20800 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20801
20802 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20803
20804 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20805
20806 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20807 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20808
20809 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20810
20811 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20812
20813 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20814 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20815 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20816 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20817
20818 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20819 matching.
20820
20821 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20822 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20823
20824 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20825
20826 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20827
20828 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20829 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20830 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20831 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20832
20833 \(fn)" t nil)
20834
20835 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20836 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20837 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20838 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20839
20840 \(fn)" t nil)
20841
20842 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20843 Print directory using text printer.
20844
20845 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20846 matching.
20847
20848 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20849 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20850
20851 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20852
20853 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20854
20855 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20856 Print buffer using text printer.
20857
20858 \(fn)" t nil)
20859
20860 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20861 Print region using text printer.
20862
20863 \(fn)" t nil)
20864
20865 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20866 Print major mode using text printer.
20867
20868 \(fn)" t nil)
20869
20870 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20871 Preview spooled PostScript.
20872
20873 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20874 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20875 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20876
20877 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20878 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20879 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20880
20881 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20882
20883 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20884 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20885
20886 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20887 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20888 instead of sending it to the printer.
20889
20890 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20891 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20892 image in a file with that name.
20893
20894 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20895
20896 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20897 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20898
20899 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20900 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20901 instead of sending it to the printer.
20902
20903 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20904 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20905 image in a file with that name.
20906
20907 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20908
20909 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20910 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20911
20912 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20913 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20914 instead of sending it to the printer.
20915
20916 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20917 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20918 image in a file with that name.
20919
20920 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20921
20922 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20923 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20924
20925 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20926
20927 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20928 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20929
20930 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20931
20932 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20933 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20934
20935 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20936
20937 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20938 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20939
20940 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20941
20942 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20943 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20944
20945 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20946
20947 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20948 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20949
20950 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20951 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20952 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20953 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20954
20955 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20956 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20957 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20958 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20959 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20960 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20961 file name.
20962
20963 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20964
20965 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20966 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20967
20968 \(fn)" t nil)
20969
20970 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20971 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20972
20973 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20974 right.
20975 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20976 bottom.
20977
20978 \(fn)" t nil)
20979
20980 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20981 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20982
20983 \(fn)" t nil)
20984
20985 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20986 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20987
20988 \(fn)" t nil)
20989
20990 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20991 Toggle printing with faces.
20992
20993 \(fn)" t nil)
20994
20995 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20996 Toggle spooling.
20997
20998 \(fn)" t nil)
20999
21000 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21001 Toggle duplex.
21002
21003 \(fn)" t nil)
21004
21005 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21006 Toggle tumble.
21007
21008 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21009 right.
21010 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21011 bottom.
21012
21013 \(fn)" t nil)
21014
21015 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21016 Toggle landscape.
21017
21018 \(fn)" t nil)
21019
21020 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21021 Toggle upside-down.
21022
21023 \(fn)" t nil)
21024
21025 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21026 Toggle line number.
21027
21028 \(fn)" t nil)
21029
21030 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21031 Toggle zebra stripes.
21032
21033 \(fn)" t nil)
21034
21035 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21036 Toggle printing header.
21037
21038 \(fn)" t nil)
21039
21040 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21041 Toggle printing header frame.
21042
21043 \(fn)" t nil)
21044
21045 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21046 Toggle menu lock.
21047
21048 \(fn)" t nil)
21049
21050 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21051 Toggle auto region.
21052
21053 \(fn)" t nil)
21054
21055 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21056 Toggle auto mode.
21057
21058 \(fn)" t nil)
21059
21060 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21061 Customization of the `printing' group.
21062
21063 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21064
21065 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21066 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21067
21068 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21069
21070 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21071 Help for the printing package.
21072
21073 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21074
21075 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21076 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21077
21078 \(fn)" t nil)
21079
21080 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21081 Interactively select a text printer.
21082
21083 \(fn)" t nil)
21084
21085 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21086 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21087
21088 \(fn)" t nil)
21089
21090 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21091 Show current ps-print settings.
21092
21093 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21094
21095 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21096 Show current printing settings.
21097
21098 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21099
21100 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21101 Show current lpr settings.
21102
21103 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21104
21105 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21106 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21107
21108 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21109 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21110 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21111 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21112
21113
21114 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21115
21116 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21117 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21118 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21119
21120 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21121 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21122 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21123 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21124 current active printer.
21125
21126 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21127 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21128 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21129 printer.
21130
21131 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21132 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21133 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21134 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21135 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21136
21137
21138 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21139 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21140
21141 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21142
21143 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21144 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21145 be done using the new current active printer.
21146
21147 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21148 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21149 printer.
21150
21151 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21152 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21153 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21154 instead of sending it to the printer.
21155
21156 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21157 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21158 printer.
21159
21160 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21161
21162
21163 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21164 are both set to t.
21165
21166 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21167
21168 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21169 Fast fire function for text printing.
21170
21171 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21172 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21173 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21174 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21175
21176 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21177 user for a new active text printer.
21178
21179 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21180
21181 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21182
21183 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21184 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21185 printer.
21186
21187 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21188
21189 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21190 are both set to t.
21191
21192 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21193
21194 ;;;***
21195 \f
21196 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21197 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
21198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21199
21200 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21201 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21202 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21203 Commands:
21204 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21205 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21206 if that value is non-nil.
21207
21208 \(fn)" t nil)
21209
21210 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21211
21212 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21213 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21214 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21215
21216 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21217
21218 ;;;***
21219 \f
21220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17842 58279))
21221 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21222
21223 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21224 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21225 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21226
21227 ;;;***
21228 \f
21229 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17842
21230 ;;;;;; 56332))
21231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21232
21233 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21234 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21235
21236 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21237
21238 The following variables hold user options, and can
21239 be set through the `customize' command:
21240
21241 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21242 `ps-mode-tab'
21243 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21244 `ps-mode-print-function'
21245 `ps-run-prompt'
21246 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21247 `ps-run-x'
21248 `ps-run-dumb'
21249 `ps-run-init'
21250 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21251 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21252
21253 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21254
21255
21256 \\{ps-mode-map}
21257
21258
21259 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21260 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21261 The keymap for this second window is:
21262
21263 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21264
21265
21266 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21267 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21268 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21269 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21270 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21271
21272 \(fn)" t nil)
21273
21274 ;;;***
21275 \f
21276 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21277 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21278 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21279 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17842 58279))
21280 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21281
21282 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21283 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21284
21285 Valid values are:
21286
21287 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21288 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21289 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21290 changed by setting the variable
21291 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21292 The initial value of this variable is
21293 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21294 documentation).
21295
21296 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21297 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21298 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21299 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21300 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21301 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21302 test it.
21303
21304 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21305 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21306 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21307 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21308 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21309 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21310 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21311 use this value, be sure to have installed
21312 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21313 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21314 documentation of this variable).
21315
21316 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21317 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21318 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21319 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21320 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21321 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21322
21323 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21324
21325 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21326
21327 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21328 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21329 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21330
21331 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21332
21333 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21334 Not documented
21335
21336 \(fn)" nil nil)
21337
21338 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21339 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21340
21341 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21342
21343 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21344
21345 Returns the value:
21346
21347 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21348
21349 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21350 the sequence.
21351
21352 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21353
21354 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21355 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21356
21357 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21358 composition.
21359
21360 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21361
21362 Returns the value:
21363
21364 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21365
21366 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21367 the sequence.
21368
21369 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21370
21371 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21372 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21373
21374 \(fn)" nil nil)
21375
21376 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21377 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21378 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21379
21380 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21381
21382 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21383 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21384 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21385
21386 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21387
21388 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21389 Not documented
21390
21391 \(fn)" nil nil)
21392
21393 ;;;***
21394 \f
21395 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21396 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21397 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21398 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21399 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21400 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18006
21401 ;;;;;; 55796))
21402 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21403
21404 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21405 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21406 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21407
21408 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21409
21410 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21411 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21412 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21413 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21414
21415 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21416
21417 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21418 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21419
21420 Valid values are:
21421
21422 nil Do not print colors.
21423
21424 t Print colors.
21425
21426 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21427 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21428
21429 Any other value is treated as t.")
21430
21431 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21432
21433 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21434 Customization of ps-print group.
21435
21436 \(fn)" t nil)
21437
21438 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21439 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21440
21441 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21442 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21443 sending it to the printer.
21444
21445 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21446 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21447 image in a file with that name.
21448
21449 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21452 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21453 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21454 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21455 so it has a way to determine color values.
21456
21457 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21458
21459 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21460 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21461 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21462
21463 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21464
21465 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21466 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21467 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21468 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21469 so it has a way to determine color values.
21470
21471 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21472
21473 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21474 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21475 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21476 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21477
21478 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21479
21480 \(fn)" t nil)
21481
21482 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21483 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21484 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21485 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21486 so it has a way to determine color values.
21487
21488 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21489
21490 \(fn)" t nil)
21491
21492 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21493 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21494 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21495
21496 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21497
21498 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21499
21500 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21501 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21502 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21503 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21504 so it has a way to determine color values.
21505
21506 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21507
21508 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21509
21510 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21511 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21512
21513 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21514 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21515 instead of sending it to the printer.
21516
21517 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21518 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21519 image in a file with that name.
21520
21521 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21522
21523 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21524 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21525 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21526 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21527 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21528
21529 \(fn)" t nil)
21530
21531 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21532 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21533 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21534
21535 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21536
21537 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21538 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21539 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21540
21541 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21542
21543 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21544 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21545
21546 \(fn)" nil nil)
21547
21548 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21549 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21550
21551 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21552 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21553
21554 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21555 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21556
21557 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21558
21559 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21560
21561 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21562
21563 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21564 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21565
21566 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21567 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21568
21569 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21570 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21571
21572 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21573
21574 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21575
21576 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21577
21578 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21579 foreground and background colors respectively.
21580
21581 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21582 bold - use bold font.
21583 italic - use italic font.
21584 underline - put a line under text.
21585 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21586 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21587 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21588 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21589 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21590
21591 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21592
21593 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21594
21595 ;;;***
21596 \f
21597 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21598 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
21599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21600
21601 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21602
21603 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21604
21605 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21606
21607 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21608 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21609 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21610 buffer automatically.
21611
21612 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21613 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21614 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21615 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21616 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21617 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21618 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21619
21620 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21621 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21622 buffer for a list of commands.)
21623
21624 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21625
21626 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21627 Major mode for editing Python files.
21628 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21629 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21630 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21631 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21632
21633 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21634 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21635 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21636 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21637 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21638 \\<python-mode-map>
21639 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21640 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21641 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21642 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21643 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21644 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21645
21646 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21647 effect outside them.
21648
21649 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21650 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21651 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21652 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21653 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21654 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21655 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21656 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21657 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21658
21659 \\{python-mode-map}
21660
21661 \(fn)" t nil)
21662
21663 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21664 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21665 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21666 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21667
21668 \(fn)" t nil)
21669
21670 ;;;***
21671 \f
21672 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21673 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
21674 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21675
21676 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21677 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21678 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21679 coding-system.
21680
21681 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21682 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21683
21684 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21685 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21686 them into characters should be done separately.
21687
21688 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21689
21690 ;;;***
21691 \f
21692 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21693 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21694 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21695 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21696 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17921 16827))
21697 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21698
21699 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21700 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21701
21702 \(fn)" nil nil)
21703
21704 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21705 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21706 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21707
21708 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21709 `quail-activate', which see.
21710
21711 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21712
21713 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21714 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21715 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21716 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21717 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21718 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21719 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21720
21721 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21722 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21723 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21724 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21725 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21726 shown.
21727 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21728
21729 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21730 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21731 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21732 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21733 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21734 list of candidates.
21735
21736 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21737 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21738 command to be called.
21739
21740 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21741 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21742 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21743 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21744
21745 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21746 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21747 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21748 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21749 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21750 to t.
21751
21752 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21753 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21754 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21755 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21756
21757 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21758 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21759 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21760 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21761
21762 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21763 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21764 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21765 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21766 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21767 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21768
21769 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21770 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21771 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21772 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21773 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21774 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21775
21776 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21777 covers Quail translation region.
21778
21779 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21780 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21781 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21782 for it) is inserted.
21783
21784 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21785 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21786 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21787
21788 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21789 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21790 non-Quail commands.
21791
21792 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21793
21794 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21795 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21796
21797 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21798 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21799 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21800 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21801 you type is correctly handled.
21802
21803 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21804
21805 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21806 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21807
21808 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21809 keyboard type.
21810
21811 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21812
21813 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21814 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21815 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21816 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21817 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21818 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21819 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21820 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21821 for the translation.
21822 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21823
21824 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21825 it is used to handle KEY.
21826
21827 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21828 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21829 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21830 the following annotation types are supported.
21831
21832 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21833 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21834
21835 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21836 candidate list.
21837
21838 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21839 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21840 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21841 inserted.
21842
21843 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21844 generated for the following translations.
21845
21846 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21847
21848 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21849 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21850
21851 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21852 which to install MAP.
21853
21854 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21855
21856 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21857
21858 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21859 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21860
21861 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21862 which to install MAP.
21863
21864 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21865
21866 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21867
21868 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21869 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21870 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21871 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21872 a function, or a cons.
21873 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21874 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21875 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21876 for the translation.
21877 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21878 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21879 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21880 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21881 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21882
21883 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21884 it is used to handle KEY.
21885
21886 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21887 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21888 current Quail package.
21889
21890 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21891 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21892
21893 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21894
21895 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21896 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21897
21898 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21899 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21900
21901 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21902
21903 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21904 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21905
21906 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21907
21908 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21909 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21910 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21911 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21912 of the Emacs source tree.
21913
21914 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21915 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21916
21917 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21918 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21919 of each directory.
21920
21921 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21922
21923 ;;;***
21924 \f
21925 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21926 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21927 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17842
21928 ;;;;;; 55218))
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21930
21931 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21932 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21933 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21934 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21935
21936 To make use of this do something like:
21937
21938 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21939
21940 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21941
21942 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21943 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21944
21945 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21946 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21947 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21948
21949 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21950
21951 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21952 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21953
21954 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21955
21956 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21957 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21958
21959 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21960 is decided.
21961
21962 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21963
21964 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21965 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21966
21967 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21968 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21969 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21970
21971 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21972
21973 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21974 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21975
21976 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21977
21978 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21979 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21980
21981 \(fn)" t nil)
21982
21983 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21984 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21985
21986 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21987
21988 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21989
21990 \(fn)" t nil)
21991
21992 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21993 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21994
21995 \(fn)" t nil)
21996
21997 ;;;***
21998 \f
21999 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22000 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18006 55797))
22001 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22002
22003 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22004 Connect to IRC.
22005 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22006
22007 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22008
22009 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22010
22011 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22012 Not documented
22013
22014 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22015
22016 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22017 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22018 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22021 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22022
22023 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22024
22025 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22026 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22027
22028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22029
22030 ;;;***
22031 \f
22032 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17842
22033 ;;;;;; 55218))
22034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22035
22036 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22037 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22038 See \\[compile].
22039
22040 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22041
22042 ;;;***
22043 \f
22044 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22045 ;;;;;; (17917 37732))
22046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22047
22048 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22049
22050 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22051 Construct a regexp interactively.
22052
22053 \(fn)" t nil)
22054
22055 ;;;***
22056 \f
22057 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17930 34071))
22058 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22059
22060 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22061 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22062 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22064 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22065 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22066
22067 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22068
22069 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22070 Toggle recentf mode.
22071 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22072 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22073
22074 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22075 that were operated on recently.
22076
22077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22078
22079 ;;;***
22080 \f
22081 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22082 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22083 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22084 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17842
22085 ;;;;;; 58279))
22086 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22087
22088 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22089 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22090 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22091 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22092
22093 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22094
22095 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22096
22097 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22098 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22099 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22100 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22101 ends.
22102
22103 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22104 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22105 to be deleted.
22106
22107 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22108
22109 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22110 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22111 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22112
22113 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22114 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22115 deleted.
22116
22117 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22118
22119 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22120 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22121 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22122
22123 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22124
22125 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22126 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22127
22128 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22129 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22130
22131 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22132 deleted.
22133
22134 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22135 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22136 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22137 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22138 even beep.)
22139
22140 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22141
22142 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22143 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22144
22145 \(fn)" t nil)
22146
22147 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22148 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22149 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22150 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22151 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22152 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22153 and point is at the lower right corner.
22154
22155 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22156
22157 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22158 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22159
22160 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22161 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22162
22163 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22164 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22165 on the right side of the rectangle.
22166
22167 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22168
22169 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22170
22171 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22172 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22173 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22174 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22175 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22176
22177 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22178 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22179
22180 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22181
22182 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22183 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22184 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22185
22186 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22187
22188 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22189
22190 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22191
22192 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22193 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22194
22195 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22196 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22197 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22198
22199 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22200
22201 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22202 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22203 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22204
22205 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22206 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22207 rectangle which were empty.
22208
22209 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22210
22211 ;;;***
22212 \f
22213 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17842
22214 ;;;;;; 58277))
22215 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22216
22217 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22218 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22219 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22220
22221 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22222 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22223 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22224
22225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22226
22227 ;;;***
22228 \f
22229 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22230 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17923 8784))
22231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22232
22233 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22234 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22235
22236 \(fn)" nil nil)
22237
22238 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22239 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22240
22241 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22242 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22243
22244 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22245 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22246 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22247 \\ref macro.
22248
22249 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22250 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22251 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22252
22253 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22254 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22255 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22256
22257 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22258 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22259
22260 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22261 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22262
22263 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22264 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22265 on the menu bar.
22266
22267 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22268
22269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22270
22271 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22272 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22273 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22274
22275 \(fn)" nil nil)
22276
22277 ;;;***
22278 \f
22279 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22280 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22281 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22282
22283 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22284 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22285 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22286 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22287 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22288 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22289
22290 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22291
22292 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22293
22294 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22295 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22296 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22297 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22298 `reftex-cite-format'.
22299
22300 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22301 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22302 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22303 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22304
22305 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22306
22307 ;;;***
22308 \f
22309 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22310 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22311 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22312
22313 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22314 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22315 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22316 the current TeX document.
22317
22318 With no argument, this command toggles
22319 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22320 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22321
22322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22323
22324 ;;;***
22325 \f
22326 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22327 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22329
22330 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22331 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22332 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22333
22334 To insert new phrases, use
22335 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22336 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22337
22338 To index phrases use one of:
22339
22340 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22341 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22342 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22343 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22344 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22345
22346 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22347 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22348
22349 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22350
22351 Here are all local bindings.
22352
22353 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22354
22355 \(fn)" t nil)
22356
22357 ;;;***
22358 \f
22359 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22360 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22362
22363 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22364 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22365 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22366 of master file.
22367
22368 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22369
22370 ;;;***
22371 \f
22372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17923
22373 ;;;;;; 8784))
22374 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22375 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22376 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22377 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22378 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22379
22380 ;;;***
22381 \f
22382 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22383 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22385
22386 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22387 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22388 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22389 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22390 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22391 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22392
22393 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22394 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22395
22396 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22397 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22398
22399 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22400
22401 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22402 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22403 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22404 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22405
22406 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22407
22408 ;;;***
22409 \f
22410 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17842 58279))
22411 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22412
22413 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22414 Repeat most recently executed command.
22415 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22416 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22417 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22418
22419 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22420 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22421 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22422
22423 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22424
22425 ;;;***
22426 \f
22427 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22428 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22429 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22430
22431 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22432 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22433
22434 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22435 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22436 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22437 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22438 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22439 and point is left after the salutation.
22440
22441 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22442 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22443 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22444 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22445 left after that text.
22446
22447 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22448 is non-nil.
22449
22450 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22451 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22452 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22453 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22454
22455 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22456
22457 ;;;***
22458 \f
22459 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22460 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22461 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22462
22463 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22464 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22465 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22466 visibility of comments that precede it.
22467 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22468 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22469 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22470 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22471 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22472 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22473 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22474 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22475 the comment lines.
22476 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22477 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22478 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22479 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22480 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22481
22482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22483 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22484
22485 ;;;***
22486 \f
22487 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17842
22488 ;;;;;; 58279))
22489 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22490
22491 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22492 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22493
22494 \(fn)" nil nil)
22495
22496 ;;;***
22497 \f
22498 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22499 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22500 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22501
22502 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22503 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22504 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22505
22506 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22507 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22508 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22509
22510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22511
22512 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22513 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22514 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22516 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22517 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22518
22519 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22520
22521 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22522 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22523 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22524
22525 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22526 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22527 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22528
22529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22530
22531 ;;;***
22532 \f
22533 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22534 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22536
22537 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22538 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22539
22540 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22541
22542 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22543 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22544
22545 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22546
22547 ;;;***
22548 \f
22549 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17842 55218))
22550 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22551 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22552
22553 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22554 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22555 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22556 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22557
22558 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22559
22560 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22561 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22562 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22563 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22564
22565 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22566 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22567
22568 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22569 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22570
22571 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22572 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22573 INPUT-ARGS.
22574
22575 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22576 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22577 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22578 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22579 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22580
22581 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22582 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22583 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22584 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22585
22586 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22587 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22588 variable.
22589
22590 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22591
22592 ;;;***
22593 \f
22594 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22595 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22596 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22597 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22598 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22599 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22600 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18006
22601 ;;;;;; 55797))
22602 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22603
22604 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22605 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22606 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22607
22608 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22609
22610 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22611 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22612 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22613 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22614
22615 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22616
22617 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22618 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22619 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22620 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22621 value is the user's email address and name.)
22622 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22623
22624 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22625 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22626 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22627 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22628 which normally happens once for each message,
22629 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22630 To make a change in this variable take effect
22631 for a message that you have already viewed,
22632 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22633
22634 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22635
22636 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22637 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22638 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22639 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22640
22641 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22642
22643 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22644 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22645
22646 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22647
22648 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22649 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22650 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22651 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22652
22653 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22654
22655 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22656 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22657
22658 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22659
22660 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22661 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22662
22663 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22664
22665 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22666 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22667 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22668 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22669 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22670
22671 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22672
22673 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22674 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22675 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22676 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22677
22678 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22679
22680 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22681 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22682
22683 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22684
22685 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22686 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22687
22688 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22689
22690 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22691 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22692
22693 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22694
22695 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22696 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22697
22698 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22699 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22700
22701 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22702 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22703
22704 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22705
22706 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22707 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22708
22709 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22710 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22711 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22712 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22713
22714 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22715 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22716
22717 This is set to nil by default.")
22718
22719 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22720 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22721 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22722 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22723 until a user explicitly requires it.
22724
22725 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22726 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22727 in your session.")
22728
22729 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22730
22731 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22732 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22733 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22734 It is called with no argument.")
22735
22736 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22737 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22738 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22739 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22740 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22741 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22742 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22743
22744 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22745 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22746 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22747 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22748 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22749 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22750
22751 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22752 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22753 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22754 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22755 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22756
22757 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22758 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22759 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22760 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22761 MSG is the message number,
22762 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22763 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22764
22765 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22766 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22767 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22768 this feature is required with `require'.
22769
22770 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22771 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22772
22773 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22774 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22775 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22776 the message is decoded as normal way.
22777
22778 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22779 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22780 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22781
22782 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22783 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22784 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22785
22786 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22787 Read and edit incoming mail.
22788 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22789 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22790 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22791
22792 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22793 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22794 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22795 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22796
22797 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22798
22799 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22800
22801 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22802 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22803 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22804 Instead, these commands are available:
22805
22806 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22807 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22808 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22809 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22810 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22811 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22812 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22813 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22814 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22815 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22816 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22817 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22818 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22819 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22820 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22821 till a deleted message is found.
22822 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22823 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22824 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22825 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22826 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22827 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22828 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22829 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22830 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22831 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22832 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22833 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22834 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22835 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22836 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22837 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22838 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22839 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22840 (label defaults to last one specified).
22841 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22842 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22843 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22844 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22845 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22846 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22847 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22848 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22849 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22850
22851 \(fn)" t nil)
22852
22853 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22854 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22855
22856 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22857
22858 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22859 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22860
22861 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22862
22863 ;;;***
22864 \f
22865 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22866 ;;;;;; (17887 18399))
22867 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22868
22869 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22870 Edit the contents of this message.
22871
22872 \(fn)" t nil)
22873
22874 ;;;***
22875 \f
22876 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22877 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22878 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17842 55035))
22879 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22880
22881 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22882 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22883 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22884
22885 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22886
22887 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22888 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22889 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22890
22891 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22892
22893 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22894 Not documented
22895
22896 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22897
22898 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22899 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22900 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22901 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22902 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22903
22904 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22905
22906 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22907 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22908 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22909 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22910 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22911
22912 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22913
22914 ;;;***
22915 \f
22916 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22917 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22919
22920 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22921 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22922 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22923 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22924
22925 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22926
22927 ;;;***
22928 \f
22929 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22930 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22931 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17842 55035))
22932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22933
22934 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22935 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22936 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22937 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22938 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22939 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22940 a file name as a string.")
22941
22942 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22943
22944 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22945 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22946 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22947 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22948 buffer visiting that file.
22949 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22950 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22951
22952 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22953 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22954
22955 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22956 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22957
22958 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22959 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22960
22961 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22962
22963 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22964 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22965
22966 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22967
22968 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22969 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22970 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22971 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22972 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22973
22974 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22975 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22976 will be appended with their original headers.
22977
22978 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22979 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22980
22981 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22982 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22983
22984 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22985
22986 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22987
22988 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22989 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22990 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22991
22992 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22993
22994 ;;;***
22995 \f
22996 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22997 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22998 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17842
22999 ;;;;;; 55035))
23000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23001
23002 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23003 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23004 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23005
23006 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23007
23008 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23009 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23010 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23011
23012 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23013
23014 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23015 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23016 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23017
23018 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23019
23020 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23021 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23022 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23023
23024 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23025
23026 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23027 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23028 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23029
23030 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23031
23032 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23033 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23034 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23035
23036 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23037
23038 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23039 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23040 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23041 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23042
23043 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23044
23045 ;;;***
23046 \f
23047 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23048 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23049 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23050 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23051 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17842 55035))
23052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23053
23054 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23055 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23056
23057 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23058
23059 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23060 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23061
23062 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23063
23064 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23065 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23066
23067 \(fn)" t nil)
23068
23069 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23070 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23071 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23072
23073 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23074
23075 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23076 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23077 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23078 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23079 only look in the To and From fields.
23080 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23081
23082 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23083
23084 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23085 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23086 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23087 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23088 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23089
23090 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23091
23092 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23093 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23094 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23095 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23096 look in the whole message.
23097 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23098
23099 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23100
23101 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23102 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23103 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23104
23105 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23106
23107 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23108 *Function to decode summary-line.
23109
23110 By default, `identity' is set.")
23111
23112 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23113
23114 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23115 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23116 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23117 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23118 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23119 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23120 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23121
23122 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23123 sent by you under different user names.
23124 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23125
23126 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23127
23128 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23129
23130 ;;;***
23131 \f
23132 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23133 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17842 58279))
23134 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23135
23136 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23137 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23138
23139 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23140
23141 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23142 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23143
23144 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23145
23146 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23147 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23148
23149 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23150
23151 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23152 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23153 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23154
23155 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23156 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23157 in ROT13.
23158
23159 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23160
23161 \(fn)" t nil)
23162
23163 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23164 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23165
23166 \(fn)" t nil)
23167
23168 ;;;***
23169 \f
23170 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17833
23171 ;;;;;; 43069))
23172 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23173
23174 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23175 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23176
23177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23178
23179 ;;;***
23180 \f
23181 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18011
23182 ;;;;;; 44080))
23183 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23184
23185 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23186 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23187 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23188 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23189
23190 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23191
23192 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23193 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23194 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23195 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23196
23197 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23198 notation.
23199
23200 STRING
23201 matches string STRING literally.
23202
23203 CHAR
23204 matches character CHAR literally.
23205
23206 `not-newline', `nonl'
23207 matches any character except a newline.
23208 .
23209 `anything'
23210 matches any character
23211
23212 `(any SET ...)'
23213 `(in SET ...)'
23214 `(char SET ...)'
23215 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23216 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23217 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23218
23219 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23220 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23221 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23222 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23223
23224 `(not (any SET ...))'
23225 matches any character not in SET ...
23226
23227 `line-start', `bol'
23228 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23229 in the text being matched
23230
23231 `line-end', `eol'
23232 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23233
23234 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23235 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23236 string being matched against.
23237
23238 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23239 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23240 string being matched against.
23241
23242 `buffer-start'
23243 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23244 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23245
23246 `buffer-end'
23247 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23248 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23249
23250 `point'
23251 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23252
23253 `word-start', `bow'
23254 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23255
23256 `word-end', `eow'
23257 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23258
23259 `word-boundary'
23260 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23261 word.
23262
23263 `(not word-boundary)'
23264 `not-word-boundary'
23265 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23266 word.
23267
23268 `symbol-start'
23269 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23270
23271 `symbol-end'
23272 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23273
23274 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23275 matches 0 through 9.
23276
23277 `control', `cntrl'
23278 matches ASCII control characters.
23279
23280 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23281 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23282
23283 `blank'
23284 matches space and tab only.
23285
23286 `graphic', `graph'
23287 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23288 space, and DEL.
23289
23290 `printing', `print'
23291 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23292 and DEL.
23293
23294 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23295 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23296 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23297
23298 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23299 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23300 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23301
23302 `ascii'
23303 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23304
23305 `nonascii'
23306 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23307
23308 `lower', `lower-case'
23309 matches anything lower-case.
23310
23311 `upper', `upper-case'
23312 matches anything upper-case.
23313
23314 `punctuation', `punct'
23315 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23316 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23317
23318 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23319 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23320
23321 `word', `wordchar'
23322 matches anything that has word syntax.
23323
23324 `not-wordchar'
23325 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23326
23327 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23328 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23329 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23330 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23331
23332 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23333 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23334 `word' (\\sw)
23335 `symbol' (\\s_)
23336 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23337 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23338 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23339 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23340 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23341 `escape' (\\s\\)
23342 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23343 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23344 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23345 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23346 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23347
23348 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23349 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23350
23351 `(category CATEGORY)'
23352 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23353 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23354
23355 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23356 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23357 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23358 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23359 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23360 `symbol' (\\c5)
23361 `digit' (\\c6)
23362 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23363 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23364 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23365 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23366 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23367 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23368 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23369 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23370 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23371 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23372 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23373 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23374 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23375 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23376 `ascii' (\\ca)
23377 `arabic' (\\cb)
23378 `chinese' (\\cc)
23379 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23380 `greek' (\\cg)
23381 `korean' (\\ch)
23382 `indian' (\\ci)
23383 `japanese' (\\cj)
23384 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23385 `latin' (\\cl)
23386 `lao' (\\co)
23387 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23388 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23389 `thai' (\\ct)
23390 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23391 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23392 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23393 `can-break' (\\c|)
23394
23395 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23396 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23397
23398 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23399 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23400 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23401 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23402 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23403
23404 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23405 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23406 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23407 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23408
23409 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23410 another name for `submatch'.
23411
23412 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23413 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23414 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23415 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23416 regular expression.
23417
23418 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23419 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23420 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23421 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23422 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23423
23424 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23425 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23426
23427 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23428 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23429
23430 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23431 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23432 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23433
23434 `(* SEXP ...)'
23435 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23436 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23437
23438 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23439 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23440 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23441
23442 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23443 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23444 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23445
23446 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23447 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23448
23449 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23450 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23451
23452 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23453 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23454 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23455 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23456
23457 `(? SEXP ...)'
23458 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23459
23460 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23461 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23462
23463 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23464 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23465 matches N occurrences.
23466
23467 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23468 matches N or more occurrences.
23469
23470 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23471 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23472 matches N to M occurrences.
23473
23474 `(backref N)'
23475 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23476
23477 `(backref N)'
23478 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23479
23480 `(backref N)'
23481 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23482
23483 `(eval FORM)'
23484 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23485 `regexp-quote' it.
23486
23487 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23488 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23489
23490 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23491
23492 ;;;***
23493 \f
23494 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23495 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
23496 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23497
23498 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23499 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23500 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23501 interface.")
23502
23503 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23504
23505 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23506 Toggle savehist-mode.
23507 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23508 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23509 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23510 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23511
23512 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23513 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23514 which is probably undesirable.
23515
23516 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23517
23518 ;;;***
23519 \f
23520 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23521 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
23522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23523
23524 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23525 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23526 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23527
23528 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23529 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23530 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23531 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23532 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23533 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23534 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23535 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23536
23537 Commands:
23538 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23539 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23540 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23541 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23542 if that value is non-nil.
23543
23544 \(fn)" t nil)
23545
23546 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23547 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23548 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23549
23550 Commands:
23551 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23552 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23553 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23554 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23555 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23556 that variable's value is a string.
23557
23558 \(fn)" t nil)
23559
23560 ;;;***
23561 \f
23562 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23563 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
23564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23565
23566 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23567 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23568 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23569
23570 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23571
23572 \(fn)" t nil)
23573
23574 ;;;***
23575 \f
23576 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23577 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23578 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23579
23580 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23581 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23582 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23583 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23584 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23585 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23586
23587 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23588
23589 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23590 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23591 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23592 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23593 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23594
23595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23596
23597 ;;;***
23598 \f
23599 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23600 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23601 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23602
23603 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23604 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23605 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23606 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23607 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23608 during scrolling.
23609
23610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23611
23612 ;;;***
23613 \f
23614 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23615 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23616 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23617 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23618 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23619 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23620 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23621 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23622 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17942 63381))
23623 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23624
23625 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23626 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23627
23628 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23629 king@grassland.com
23630 If `parens', they look like:
23631 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23632 If `angles', they look like:
23633 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23634 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23635 derived from the envelope-from address.
23636
23637 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23638 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23639 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23640 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23641
23642 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23643
23644 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23645 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23646 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23647 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23648
23649 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23650 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23651 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23652 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23653
23654 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23655
23656 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23657 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23658 This is done when the message is initialized,
23659 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23660
23661 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23662
23663 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23664 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23665 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23666
23667 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23668
23669 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23670
23671 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23672 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23673 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23674 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23675 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23676 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23677 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23678
23679 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23680
23681 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23682 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23683
23684 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23685
23686 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23687 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23688 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23689
23690 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23691
23692 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23693 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23694 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23695 when you first send mail.")
23696
23697 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23698
23699 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23700 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23701 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23702 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23703 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23704
23705 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23706
23707 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23708 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23709 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23710 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23711 This file need not actually exist.")
23712
23713 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23714
23715 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23716 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23717 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23718
23719 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23720
23721 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23722 Alist of mail address aliases,
23723 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23724 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23725 can specify a different file name.)
23726 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23727 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23728
23729 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23730 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23731 nil means use indentation.")
23732
23733 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23734
23735 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23736 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23737 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23738
23739 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23740
23741 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23742 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23743 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23744 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23745 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23746 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23747 in the cited portion of the message.
23748
23749 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23750 instead of no action.")
23751
23752 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23753
23754 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23755 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23756 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23757 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23758 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23759
23760 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23761
23762 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23763 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23764 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23765 If a string, that string is inserted.
23766 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23767 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23768 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23769 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23770
23771 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23772
23773 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23774 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23775
23776 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23777
23778 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23779 Directory for mail buffers.
23780 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23781 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23782
23783 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23784
23785 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23786 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23787 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23788 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23789
23790 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23791
23792 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23793 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23794 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23795 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23796 is non-nil.")
23797
23798 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23799
23800 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23801 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23802 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23803 `query' means ask the user each time.
23804 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23805 The default is `mime'.
23806 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23807 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23808
23809 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23810
23811 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23812 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23813 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23814
23815 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23816 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23817
23818 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23819 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23820 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23821 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23822 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23823 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23824 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23825 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23826 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23827 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23828 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23829 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23830 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23831
23832 \(fn)" t nil)
23833
23834 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23835 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23836
23837 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23838 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23839
23840 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23841
23842 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23843 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23844 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23845 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23846 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23847 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23848
23849 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23850 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23851 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23852
23853 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23854 User should not set this variable manually,
23855 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23856 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23857 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23858 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23859
23860 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23861 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23862 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23863 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23864
23865 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23866 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23867
23868 \\<mail-mode-map>
23869 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23870
23871 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23872 to move to message header fields:
23873 \\{mail-mode-map}
23874
23875 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23876 when the message is initialized.
23877
23878 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23879 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23880
23881 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23882 is inserted.
23883
23884 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23885 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23886
23887 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23888 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23889 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23890 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23891 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23892 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23893 buffer without erasing the contents.
23894
23895 The second through fifth arguments,
23896 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23897 the initial contents of those header fields.
23898 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23899 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23900 original message being replied to, or else an action
23901 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23902 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23903 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23904 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23905 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23906 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23907
23908 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23909
23910 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23911 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23912
23913 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23914
23915 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23916 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23917
23918 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23919
23920 ;;;***
23921 \f
23922 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23923 ;;;;;; (17921 16827))
23924 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23925
23926 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23927 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23928 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23929 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23930 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23931 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23932
23933 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23934 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23935
23936 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23937
23938 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23939 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23940 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23943 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23944
23945 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23946
23947 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23948 Toggle Server mode.
23949 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23950 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23951 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23952
23953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23954
23955 ;;;***
23956 \f
23957 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17902 31690))
23958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23959
23960 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23961 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23962 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
23963
23964 Key definitions:
23965 \\{ses-mode-map}
23966 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23967 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23968 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23969 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23970
23971 \(fn)" t nil)
23972
23973 ;;;***
23974 \f
23975 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23976 ;;;;;; (18010 58080))
23977 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23978
23979 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23980 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23981 Makes > match <.
23982 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23983 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23984
23985 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23986 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23987 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23988
23989 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23990 in your `.emacs' file.
23991
23992 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23993
23994 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23995 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23996 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23997
23998 \(fn)" t nil)
23999
24000 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24001
24002 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24003 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24004 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24005 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24006 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24007 which this is based.
24008
24009 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24010
24011 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24012 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24013 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24014 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24015
24016 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24017 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24018 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24019
24020 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24021 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24022 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24023 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24024
24025 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24026 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24027 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24028 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24029
24030 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24031
24032 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24033 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24034 To work around that, do:
24035 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24036
24037 \\{html-mode-map}
24038
24039 \(fn)" t nil)
24040
24041 ;;;***
24042 \f
24043 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24044 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
24045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24046 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24047
24048 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24049 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24050 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24051 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24052 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24053 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24054
24055 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24056 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24057 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24058 shell-specific features.
24059
24060 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24061 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24062 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24063 \\<sh-mode-map>
24064 \\[sh-case] case statement
24065 \\[sh-for] for loop
24066 \\[sh-function] function definition
24067 \\[sh-if] if statement
24068 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24069 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24070 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24071 \\[sh-select] select loop
24072 \\[sh-until] until loop
24073 \\[sh-while] while loop
24074
24075 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24076 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24077 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24078 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24079 would indent to the way it currently is.
24080 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24081 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24082
24083
24084 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24085 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24086 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24087 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24088 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24089 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24090
24091 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24092 {, (, [, ', \", `
24093 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24094
24095 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24096 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24097 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24098
24099 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24100 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24101
24102 \(fn)" t nil)
24103
24104 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24105
24106 ;;;***
24107 \f
24108 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17842 54741))
24109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24110
24111 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24112 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24113 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24114 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24115 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24116 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24117
24118 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24119
24120 ;;;***
24121 \f
24122 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24123 ;;;;;; (17853 57352))
24124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24125
24126 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24127 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24128
24129 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24130 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24131 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24132 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24133 the earlier.
24134
24135 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24136
24137 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24138
24139 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24140 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24141 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24142
24143 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24144 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24145
24146 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24147 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24148 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24149 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24150 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24151 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24152 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24153 Emacs version).
24154
24155 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24156 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24157 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24158 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24159 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24160
24161 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24162 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24163 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24164
24165 \(fn)" t nil)
24166
24167 ;;;***
24168 \f
24169 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24170 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17842
24171 ;;;;;; 58278))
24172 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24173
24174 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24175 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24176 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24177 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24178 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24179 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24180 in the cluster.
24181
24182 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24183
24184 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24185 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24186 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24187 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24188 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24189
24190 \(fn)" t nil)
24191
24192 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24193 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24194 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24195 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24196 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24197 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24198 `shadow-define-cluster').
24199
24200 \(fn)" t nil)
24201
24202 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24203 Set up file shadowing.
24204
24205 \(fn)" t nil)
24206
24207 ;;;***
24208 \f
24209 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24210 ;;;;;; (17899 1575))
24211 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24212
24213 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24214 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24215 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24216 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24217 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24218 arguments.")
24219
24220 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24221
24222 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24223 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24224 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24225 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24226 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24227 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24228 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24229 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24230 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24231 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24232 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24233 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24234 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24235 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24236
24237 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24238 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24239 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24240 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24241 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24242 `default-process-coding-system'.
24243
24244 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24245 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24246 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24247 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24248
24249 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24250
24251 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24252 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24253
24254 ;;;***
24255 \f
24256 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24257 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17842 54741))
24258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24259
24260 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24261 Not documented
24262
24263 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24264
24265 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24266 Not documented
24267
24268 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24269
24270 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24271 Not documented
24272
24273 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24274
24275 ;;;***
24276 \f
24277 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24278 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
24279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24280
24281 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24282 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24283 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24284 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24285 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24286
24287 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24288
24289 \(fn)" t nil)
24290
24291 ;;;***
24292 \f
24293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18009 38727))
24294 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24295 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24296
24297 ;;;***
24298 \f
24299 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17842
24300 ;;;;;; 56332))
24301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24302
24303 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24304 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24305 \\{simula-mode-map}
24306 Variables controlling indentation style:
24307 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24308 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24309 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24310 `simula-indent-level'
24311 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24312 `simula-substatement-offset'
24313 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24314 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24315 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24316 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24317 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24318 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24319 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24320 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24321 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24322 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24323 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24324 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24325 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24326 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24327 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24328 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24329 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24330 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24331 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24332 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24333 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24334 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24335 or nil if they should not be changed.
24336 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24337 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24338 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24339 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24340
24341 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24342 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24343
24344 \(fn)" t nil)
24345
24346 ;;;***
24347 \f
24348 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24349 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17842 58278))
24350 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24351
24352 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24353 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24354
24355 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24356 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24357 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24358 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24359
24360 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24361
24362 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24363 Insert SKELETON.
24364 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24365 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24366 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24367 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24368 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24369
24370 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24371 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24372
24373 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24374
24375 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24376 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24377
24378 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24379 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24380 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24381 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24382
24383 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24384 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24385 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24386 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24387
24388 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24389 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24390 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24391
24392 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24393 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24394
24395 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24396 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24397
24398 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24399 _ interesting point, interregion here
24400 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24401 interesting point set by _
24402 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24403 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24404 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24405 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24406 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24407 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24408 nil skipped
24409
24410 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24411 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24412
24413 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24414 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24415 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24416 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24417 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24418 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24419 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24420 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24421
24422 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24423 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24424 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24425 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24426 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24427 available:
24428
24429 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24430 then: insert previously read string once more
24431 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24432 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24433 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24434
24435 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24436 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24437
24438 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24439
24440 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24441 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24442
24443 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24444 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24445 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24446 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24447 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24448 such as backslash.
24449
24450 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24451 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24452 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24453
24454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24455
24456 ;;;***
24457 \f
24458 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24459 ;;;;;; (17904 28230))
24460 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24461
24462 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24463 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24464 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24465 buffer names.
24466
24467 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24468
24469 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24470 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24471 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24472
24473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24474
24475 ;;;***
24476 \f
24477 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24478 ;;;;;; (17875 18370))
24479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24480
24481 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24482 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24483 A list of images is returned.
24484
24485 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24486
24487 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24488 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24489 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24490
24491 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24492
24493 ;;;***
24494 \f
24495 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24496 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17939 50716))
24497 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24498
24499 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24500 Not documented
24501
24502 \(fn)" nil nil)
24503
24504 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24505 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24506
24507 \(fn)" t nil)
24508
24509 ;;;***
24510 \f
24511 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17842 55395))
24512 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24513
24514 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24515 Play the Snake game.
24516 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24517
24518 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24519
24520 Snake mode keybindings:
24521 \\<snake-mode-map>
24522 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24523 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24524 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24525 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24526 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24527 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24528 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24529
24530 \(fn)" t nil)
24531
24532 ;;;***
24533 \f
24534 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24535 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
24536 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24537
24538 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24539 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24540 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24541 Tab indents for C code.
24542 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24543 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24544 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24545 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24546 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24547
24548 \(fn)" t nil)
24549
24550 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24551 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24552 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24553 Tab indents for C code.
24554 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24555 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24556 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24557 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24558 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24559
24560 \(fn)" t nil)
24561
24562 ;;;***
24563 \f
24564 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24565 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24566 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17956 13479))
24567 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24568
24569 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24570 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24571
24572 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24573 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24574 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24575
24576 For example, the form
24577
24578 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24579 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24580
24581 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24582
24583 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24584
24585 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24586 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24587
24588 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24589 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24590 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24591 York City.
24592
24593 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24594
24595 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24596
24597 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24598 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24599
24600 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24601 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24602 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24603 York City.
24604
24605 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24606
24607 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24608
24609 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24610 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24611 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24612 pair.
24613
24614 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24615
24616 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24617
24618 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24619 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24620 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24621
24622 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24623 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24624
24625 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24626
24627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24628
24629 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24630 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24631 Requires floating point.
24632
24633 \(fn)" nil nil)
24634
24635 ;;;***
24636 \f
24637 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17842
24638 ;;;;;; 55395))
24639 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24640
24641 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24642 Play Solitaire.
24643
24644 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24645 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24646 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24647 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24648 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24649 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24650 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24651 check after each move or undo)
24652
24653 What is Solitaire?
24654
24655 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24656 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24657 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24658
24659 Le Solitaire
24660 ============
24661
24662 o o o
24663
24664 o o o
24665
24666 o o o o o o o
24667
24668 o o o . o o o
24669
24670 o o o o o o o
24671
24672 o o o
24673
24674 o o o
24675
24676 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24677 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24678 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24679 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24680
24681 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24682 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24683 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24684 this: o o .
24685
24686 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24687 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24688
24689 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24690
24691 o o o
24692
24693 . o o
24694
24695 o o . o o o o
24696
24697 o . o o o o o
24698
24699 o o o o o o o
24700
24701 o o o
24702
24703 o o o
24704
24705 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24706
24707 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24708
24709 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24710
24711 ;;;***
24712 \f
24713 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24714 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24715 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17842 58278))
24716 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24717
24718 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24719 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24720
24721 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24722 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24723 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24724 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24725 contiguous.
24726
24727 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24728 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24729 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24730 the sort order.
24731
24732 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24733 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24734
24735 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24736 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24737 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24738 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24739 is called.
24740
24741 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24742 It should move point to the end of the record.
24743
24744 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24745 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24746 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24747 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24748 starts at the beginning of the record.
24749
24750 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24751 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24752 same as ENDRECFUN.
24753
24754 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24755 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24756
24757 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24758
24759 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24760 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24761 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24762 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24763 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24764 the sort order.
24765
24766 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24767
24768 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24769 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24770 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24771 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24772 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24773 the sort order.
24774
24775 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24776
24777 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24778 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24779 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24780 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24781 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24782 the sort order.
24783
24784 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24785
24786 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24787 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24788 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24789 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24790 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24791 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24792 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24793 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24794 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24795
24796 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24797
24798 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24799 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24800 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24801 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24802 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24803 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24804 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24805 the sort order.
24806
24807 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24808
24809 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24810 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24811 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24812 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24813 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24814 is to be used for sorting.
24815 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24816 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24817 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24818 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24819 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24820
24821 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24822
24823 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24824 the sort order.
24825
24826 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24827 starting with the letter \"f\",
24828 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24829
24830 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24831
24832 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24833 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24834 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24835 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24836 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24837 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24838 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24839 the sort order.
24840
24841 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24842 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24843 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24844 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24845 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24846
24847 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24848
24849 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24850 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24851 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24852
24853 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24854
24855 ;;;***
24856 \f
24857 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17842
24858 ;;;;;; 54741))
24859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24860
24861 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24862 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24863
24864 \(fn)" t nil)
24865
24866 ;;;***
24867 \f
24868 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24869 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24870 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17842 54741))
24871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24872
24873 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24874 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24875
24876 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24877 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24878 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24879
24880 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24881
24882 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24883 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24884 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24885 server.
24886
24887 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24888
24889 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24890 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24891 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24892
24893 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24894
24895 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24896 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24897 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24898 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24899 Agent is plugged.
24900
24901 \(fn)" t nil)
24902
24903 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24904 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24905 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24906 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24907
24908 \(fn)" t nil)
24909
24910 ;;;***
24911 \f
24912 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24913 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17881 43027))
24914 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24915
24916 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24917
24918 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24919 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24920 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24921 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24922 supported at a time.
24923 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24924 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24925
24926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24927
24928 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24929 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24930 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24931 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24932
24933 \(fn)" t nil)
24934
24935 ;;;***
24936 \f
24937 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24938 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17842 58276))
24939 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24940
24941 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24942
24943 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24944 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24945 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24946 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24947 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24948 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24949
24950 \(fn)" t nil)
24951
24952 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24953 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24954 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24955 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24956
24957 \(fn)" t nil)
24958
24959 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24960 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24961 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24962 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24963 for example, \"word\".
24964
24965 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24966
24967 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24968 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24969
24970 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24971
24972 ;;;***
24973 \f
24974 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17842
24975 ;;;;;; 55395))
24976 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24977
24978 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24979 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24980
24981 \(fn)" t nil)
24982
24983 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24984 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24985
24986 \(fn)" nil nil)
24987
24988 ;;;***
24989 \f
24990 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24991 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24992 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24993 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17842
24994 ;;;;;; 56332))
24995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24996
24997 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24998 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24999
25000 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25001 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25002 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25003 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25004 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25005 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25006 of the current highlighting list.
25007
25008 For example:
25009
25010 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25011 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25012
25013 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25014 `_t' as data types.
25015
25016 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25017
25018 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25019 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25020
25021 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25022 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25023
25024 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25025
25026 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25027 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25028 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25029
25030 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25031
25032 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25033 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25034 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25035 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25036 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25037 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25038 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25039 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25040 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25041
25042 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25043
25044 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25045 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25046 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25047 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25048
25049 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25050 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25051 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25052 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25053
25054 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25055 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25056 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25057
25058 \(fn)" t nil)
25059
25060 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25061 Major mode to edit SQL.
25062
25063 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25064 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25065 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25066
25067 \\{sql-mode-map}
25068 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25069
25070 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25071 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25072 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25073 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25074 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25075 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25076
25077 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25078 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25079
25080 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25081 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25082 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25083
25084 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25085 (lambda ()
25086 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25087
25088 \(fn)" t nil)
25089
25090 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25091 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25092
25093 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25094 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25095 `*SQL*'.
25096
25097 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25098
25099 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25100
25101 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25102 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25103
25104 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25105 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25106 `*SQL*'.
25107
25108 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25109 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25110 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25111 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25112
25113 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25114 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25115
25116 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25117 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25118 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25119 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25120 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25121 `default-process-coding-system'.
25122
25123 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25124
25125 \(fn)" t nil)
25126
25127 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25128 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25129
25130 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25131 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25132 `*SQL*'.
25133
25134 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25135 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25136 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25137 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25138
25139 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25140 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25141
25142 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25143 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25144 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25145 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25146 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25147 `default-process-coding-system'.
25148
25149 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25150
25151 \(fn)" t nil)
25152
25153 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25154 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25155
25156 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25157 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25158 `*SQL*'.
25159
25160 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25161 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25162
25163 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25164 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25165
25166 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25167 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25168 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25169 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25170 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25171 `default-process-coding-system'.
25172
25173 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25174
25175 \(fn)" t nil)
25176
25177 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25178 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25179
25180 SQLite is free software.
25181
25182 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25183 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25184 `*SQL*'.
25185
25186 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25187 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25188 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25189 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25190
25191 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25192 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25193
25194 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25195 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25196 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25197 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25198 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25199 `default-process-coding-system'.
25200
25201 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25202
25203 \(fn)" t nil)
25204
25205 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25206 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25207
25208 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25209
25210 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25211 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25212 `*SQL*'.
25213
25214 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25215 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25216 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25217 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25218
25219 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25220 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25221
25222 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25223 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25224 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25225 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25226 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25227 `default-process-coding-system'.
25228
25229 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25230
25231 \(fn)" t nil)
25232
25233 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25234 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25235
25236 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25237 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25238 `*SQL*'.
25239
25240 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25241 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25242 defaults, if set.
25243
25244 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25245 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25246
25247 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25248 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25249 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25250 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25251 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25252 `default-process-coding-system'.
25253
25254 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25255
25256 \(fn)" t nil)
25257
25258 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25259 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25260
25261 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25262 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25263 `*SQL*'.
25264
25265 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25266 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25267
25268 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25269 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25270
25271 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25272 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25273 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25274 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25275 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25276 `default-process-coding-system'.
25277
25278 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25279
25280 \(fn)" t nil)
25281
25282 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25283 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25284
25285 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25286 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25287 `*SQL*'.
25288
25289 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25290 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25291 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25292 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25293
25294 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25295 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25296
25297 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25298 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25299 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25300 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25301 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25302 `default-process-coding-system'.
25303
25304 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25305
25306 \(fn)" t nil)
25307
25308 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25309 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25310
25311 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25312 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25313 `*SQL*'.
25314
25315 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25316 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25317 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25318 `sql-postgres-options'.
25319
25320 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25321 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25322
25323 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25324 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25325 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25326 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25327 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25328 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25329 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25330 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25331
25332 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25333 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25334
25335 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25336
25337 \(fn)" t nil)
25338
25339 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25340 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25341
25342 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25343 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25344 `*SQL*'.
25345
25346 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25347 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25348 defaults, if set.
25349
25350 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25351 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25352
25353 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25354 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25355 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25356 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25357 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25358 `default-process-coding-system'.
25359
25360 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25361
25362 \(fn)" t nil)
25363
25364 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25365 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25366
25367 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25368 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25369 `*SQL*'.
25370
25371 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25372 automatic login.
25373
25374 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25375 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25376
25377 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25378 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25379 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25380 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25381
25382 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25383 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25384 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25385 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25386 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25387 `default-process-coding-system'.
25388
25389 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25390
25391 \(fn)" t nil)
25392
25393 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25394 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25395
25396 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25397 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25398 `*SQL*'.
25399
25400 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25401 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25402 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25403 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25404 parameters.
25405
25406 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25407 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25408 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25409 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25410 an empty password.
25411
25412 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25413 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25414
25415 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25416
25417 \(fn)" t nil)
25418
25419 ;;;***
25420 \f
25421 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25422 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25423 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25424 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25425 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17842
25426 ;;;;;; 58278))
25427 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25428
25429 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25430 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25431 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25432 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25433 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25434 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25435
25436 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25437
25438 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25439
25440 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25441 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25442 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25443 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25444 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25445 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25446 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25447
25448 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25449
25450 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25451 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25452 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25453 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25454 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25455 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25456 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25457
25458 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25459
25460 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25461 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25462 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25463
25464 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25465
25466 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25467 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25468 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25469
25470 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25471
25472 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25473 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25474
25475 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25476
25477 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25478 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25479
25480 \(fn)" t nil)
25481
25482 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25483 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25484
25485 \(fn)" t nil)
25486
25487 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25488 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25489 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25490 chronologically by command name.
25491 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25492
25493 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25494
25495 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25496 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25497 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25498 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25499 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25500 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25501
25502 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25503
25504 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25505 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25506 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25507 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25508 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25509 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25510 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25511
25512 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25513 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25514 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25515 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25516
25517 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25518
25519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25520
25521 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25522 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25523 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25524 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25525
25526 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25527
25528 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25529 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25530
25531 \(fn)" t nil)
25532
25533 ;;;***
25534 \f
25535 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25536 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25537 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25538
25539 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25540 Studlify-case the region.
25541
25542 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25543
25544 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25545 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25546
25547 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25548
25549 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25550 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25551
25552 \(fn)" t nil)
25553
25554 ;;;***
25555 \f
25556 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17964 48351))
25557 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25558
25559 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25560 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25561 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25562 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25563 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25564 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25565
25566 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25567 is used instead of `load-path'.
25568
25569 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25570 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25571 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25572
25573 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25574
25575 ;;;***
25576 \f
25577 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25578 ;;;;;; (17854 7564))
25579 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25580
25581 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25582 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25583 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25584 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25585 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25586 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25587 original message but it does require a few things:
25588
25589 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25590
25591 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25592 reply buffer.
25593
25594 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25595 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25596 original message.
25597
25598 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25599
25600 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25601
25602 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25603 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25604 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25605
25606 \(fn)" nil nil)
25607
25608 ;;;***
25609 \f
25610 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18006 55796))
25611 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25612
25613 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25614 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25615 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25618 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25619
25620 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25621
25622 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25623 Toggle t-mouse mode to use the mouse in Linux consoles.
25624 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25625
25626 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a Linux console, in the
25627 same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25628 It requires the `mev' program, part of the `gpm' utilities.
25629
25630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25631
25632 ;;;***
25633 \f
25634 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17842 58278))
25635 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25636
25637 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25638 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25639 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25640 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25641 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25642
25643 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25644
25645 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25646 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25647 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25648 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25649 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25650 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25651 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25652
25653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25654
25655 ;;;***
25656 \f
25657 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25658 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25659 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25660 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25661 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25662 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25663 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25664 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25665 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25666 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25667 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25668 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25669 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18012 17784))
25670 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25671
25672 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25673 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25674 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25675
25676 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25677
25678 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25679 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25680
25681 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25682
25683 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25684 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25685
25686 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25687
25688 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25689 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25690
25691 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25692
25693 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25694 Insert an editable text table.
25695 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25696 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25697 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25698 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25699 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25700 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25701 delimiting them.
25702
25703 Examples:
25704
25705 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25706
25707 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25708 location of point.
25709
25710 -!-
25711
25712 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25713 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25714 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25715 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25716 first cell.
25717
25718 +-----+-----+-----+
25719 |-!- | | |
25720 +-----+-----+-----+
25721
25722 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25723
25724 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25725 width, which results as
25726
25727 +--------------+-----+-----+
25728 |-!- | | |
25729 +--------------+-----+-----+
25730
25731 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25732 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25733
25734 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25735 | | |-!- |
25736 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25737
25738 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25739 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25740 width information to `table-insert'.
25741
25742 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25743
25744 instead of
25745
25746 Cell width(s): 5
25747
25748 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25749 work all together.
25750
25751 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25752 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25753
25754 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25755 |-!- | | |
25756 | | | |
25757 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25758
25759 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25760
25761 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25762 |-!- | | |
25763 | | | |
25764 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25765 | | | |
25766 | | | |
25767 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25768
25769 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25770
25771 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25772 | | | |
25773 | | | |
25774 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25775 | | | |
25776 | | | |
25777 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25778 -!-
25779
25780 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25781 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25782 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25783
25784 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25785 | | | |
25786 | | | |
25787 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25788 | | | |
25789 | | | |
25790 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25791 |-!- | | |
25792 | | | |
25793 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25794
25795 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25796 results.
25797
25798 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25799 | | | |
25800 | | | |
25801 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25802 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25803 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25804 | | |expected results.-!- |
25805 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25806 | | | |
25807 | | | |
25808 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25809
25810 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25811
25812 \\{table-cell-map}
25813
25814 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25815
25816 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25817 Insert N table row(s).
25818 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25819 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25820 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25821 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25822
25823 \(fn N)" t nil)
25824
25825 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25826 Insert N table column(s).
25827 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25828 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25829 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25830 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25831
25832 \(fn N)" t nil)
25833
25834 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25835 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25836 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25837
25838 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25839
25840 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25841 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25842 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25843 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25844 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25845 all the table specific features.
25846
25847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25848
25849 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25850 Not documented
25851
25852 \(fn)" t nil)
25853
25854 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25855 Recognize all tables within region.
25856 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25857 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25858 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25859 specific features.
25860
25861 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25862
25863 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25864 Not documented
25865
25866 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25867
25868 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25869 Recognize a table at point.
25870 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25871 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25872 the table specific features.
25873
25874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25875
25876 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25877 Not documented
25878
25879 \(fn)" t nil)
25880
25881 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25882 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25883 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25884 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25885 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25886 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25887 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25888
25889 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25890
25891 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25892 Not documented
25893
25894 \(fn)" t nil)
25895
25896 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25897 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25898 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25899 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25900 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25901 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25902 specified.
25903
25904 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25905
25906 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25907 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25908 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25909 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25910 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25911 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25912 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25913 table structure.
25914
25915 \(fn N)" t nil)
25916
25917 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25918 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25919 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25920 table's rectangle structure.
25921
25922 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25923
25924 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25925 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25926 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25927 table's rectangle structure.
25928
25929 \(fn N)" t nil)
25930
25931 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25932 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25933 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25934 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25935 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25936
25937 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25938
25939 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25940 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25941 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25942
25943 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25944 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25945 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25946 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25947 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25948 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25949 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25950
25951 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25952 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25953 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25954 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25955 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25956 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25957 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25958
25959 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25960 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25961 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25962 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25963 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25964 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25965 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25966 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25967
25968 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25969
25970 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25971 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25972 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25973 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25974
25975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25976
25977 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25978 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25979 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25980
25981 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25982
25983 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25984 Split current cell vertically.
25985 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25986
25987 \(fn)" t nil)
25988
25989 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25990 Split current cell horizontally.
25991 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25992
25993 \(fn)" t nil)
25994
25995 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25996 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25997 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25998
25999 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26000
26001 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26002 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26003 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26004 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26005
26006 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26007
26008 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26009 Justify cell contents.
26010 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26011 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26012 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26013 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26014
26015 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26016
26017 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26018 Justify cells of a row.
26019 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26020 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26021
26022 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26023
26024 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26025 Justify cells of a column.
26026 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26027 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26028
26029 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26030
26031 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26032 Toggle fixing width mode.
26033 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26034 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26035 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26036
26037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26038
26039 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26040 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26041 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26042 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26043 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26044 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26045 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26046 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26047 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26048 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26049 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26050
26051 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26052
26053 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26054 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26055 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26056 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26057 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26058 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26059 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26060 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26061 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26062 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26063 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26064 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26065 untouched.
26066
26067 References used for this implementation:
26068
26069 HTML:
26070 http://www.w3.org
26071
26072 LaTeX:
26073 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26074
26075 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26076 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26077 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26078
26079 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26080
26081 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26082 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26083 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26084 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26085 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26086 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26087 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26088 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26089 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26090 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26091 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26092 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26093 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26094 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26095 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26096 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26097 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26098
26099 Example:
26100
26101 (progn
26102 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26103 (table-forward-cell 15)
26104 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26105 (table-forward-cell 16)
26106 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26107 (table-forward-cell 1)
26108 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26109
26110 (progn
26111 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26112 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26113 (table-forward-cell 1)
26114 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26115
26116 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26117
26118 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26119 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26120 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26121 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26122 consists from cells of same height.
26123
26124 \(fn N)" t nil)
26125
26126 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26127 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26128 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26129 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26130 column must consists from cells of same width.
26131
26132 \(fn N)" t nil)
26133
26134 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26135 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26136 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26137 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26138 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26139 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26140 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26141 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26142 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26143 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26144 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26145 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26146 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26147 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26148 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26149
26150
26151 Example 1:
26152
26153 1, 2, 3, 4
26154 5, 6, 7, 8
26155 , 9, 10
26156
26157 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26158 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26159 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26160 specified as 5.
26161
26162 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26163 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26164 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26165 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26166 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26167 | | 9 | 10 | |
26168 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26169
26170 Note:
26171
26172 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26173 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26174 of each row is optional.
26175
26176
26177 Example 2:
26178
26179 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26180 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26181 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26182 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26183 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26184
26185 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26186 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26187
26188 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26189 expression and raw delimiter regular
26190 expression, it parses the specified text
26191 area and extracts cell items from
26192 non-table text and then forms a table out
26193 of them.
26194
26195 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26196 creates a single cell table. The text in
26197 the specified region is placed in that
26198 cell.-*-
26199
26200 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26201 like this.
26202
26203 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26204 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26205 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26206 | |
26207 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26208 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26209 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26210 | area and extracts cell items from |
26211 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26212 | of them. |
26213 | |
26214 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26215 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26216 | the specified region is placed in that |
26217 | cell. |
26218 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26219
26220 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26221 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26222 independently.
26223
26224 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26225 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26226 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26227 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26228 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26229 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26230 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26231 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26232 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26233 | |of them. |
26234 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26235 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26236 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26237 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26238 | |cell. |
26239 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26240
26241 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26242 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26243 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26244
26245 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26246
26247 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26248 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26249 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26250 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26251 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26252
26253 \(fn)" t nil)
26254
26255 ;;;***
26256 \f
26257 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17842 58278))
26258 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26259
26260 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26261 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26262
26263 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26264
26265 ;;;***
26266 \f
26267 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18010 5426))
26268 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26269
26270 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26271 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26272 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26273 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26274 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26275 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26276 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26277
26278 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26279 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26280 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26281 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26282
26283 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26284 \\{tar-mode-map}
26285
26286 \(fn)" t nil)
26287
26288 ;;;***
26289 \f
26290 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26291 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17842 56332))
26292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26293
26294 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26295 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26296 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26297 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26298 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26299 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26300
26301 Variables controlling indentation style:
26302 `tcl-indent-level'
26303 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26304 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26305 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26306
26307 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26308 documentation for details):
26309 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26310 Controls action of TAB key.
26311 `tcl-auto-newline'
26312 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26313 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26314 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26315 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26316 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26317
26318 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26319 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26320 already exist.
26321
26322 Commands:
26323 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26324
26325 \(fn)" t nil)
26326
26327 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26328 Run inferior Tcl process.
26329 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26330 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26331
26332 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26333
26334 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26335 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26336 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26337
26338 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26339
26340 ;;;***
26341 \f
26342 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17842 55218))
26343 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26344 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26345
26346 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26347 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26348 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26349 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26350
26351 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26352 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26353 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26354 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26355 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26356
26357 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26358 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26359
26360 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26361 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26362 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26363 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26364
26365 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26366
26367 ;;;***
26368 \f
26369 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17952
26370 ;;;;;; 11093))
26371 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26372
26373 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26374 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26375 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26376 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26377 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26378 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26379
26380 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26381
26382 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26383 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26384 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26385 commands to use in that buffer.
26386
26387 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26388
26389 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26390
26391 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26392 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26393
26394 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26395
26396 ;;;***
26397 \f
26398 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17842
26399 ;;;;;; 58278))
26400 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26401
26402 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26403 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26404 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26405 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26406 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26407 program as keyboard input.
26408
26409 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26410 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26411 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26412 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26413
26414 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26415 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26416 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26417 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26418 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26419
26420 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26421
26422 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26423 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26424 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26425 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26426
26427 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26428 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26429 subprocess started.
26430
26431 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26432
26433 ;;;***
26434 \f
26435 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26436 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
26437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26438
26439 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26440 Start coverage on function under point.
26441
26442 \(fn)" t nil)
26443
26444 ;;;***
26445 \f
26446 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17941 38806))
26447 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26448
26449 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26450 Play the Tetris game.
26451 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26452 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26453 as to form complete rows.
26454
26455 tetris-mode keybindings:
26456 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26457 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26458 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26459 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26460 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26461 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26462 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26463 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26464 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26465
26466 \(fn)" t nil)
26467
26468 ;;;***
26469 \f
26470 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26471 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26472 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26473 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26474 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26475 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26476 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26477 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
26478 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26479
26480 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26481 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26482
26483 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26484
26485 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26486 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26487 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26488 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26489 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26490
26491 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26492
26493 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26494 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26495 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26496 if it matches the first line of the file,
26497 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26498
26499 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26500
26501 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26502 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26503 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26504 if the variable is non-nil.")
26505
26506 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26507
26508 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26509 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26510
26511 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26512
26513 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26514 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26515 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26516 See the documentation of that variable.")
26517
26518 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26519
26520 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26521 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26522 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26523 See the documentation of that variable.")
26524
26525 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26526
26527 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26528 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26529 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26530 See the documentation of that variable.")
26531
26532 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26533
26534 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26535 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26536 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26537 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26538 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26539
26540 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26541
26542 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26543 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26544 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26545 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26546
26547 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26548
26549 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26550 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26551 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26552
26553 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26554
26555 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26556 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26557 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26558 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26559
26560 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26561
26562 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26563 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26564 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26565 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26566
26567 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26568
26569 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26570 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26571 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26572 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26573
26574 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26575 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26576 for example,
26577
26578 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26579 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26580
26581 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26582 use.")
26583
26584 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26585
26586 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26587 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26588 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26589 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26590 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26591
26592 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26593
26594 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26595
26596 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26597 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26598 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26599
26600 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26601
26602 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26603 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26604 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26605 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26606 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26607
26608 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26609
26610 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26611 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26612
26613 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26614
26615 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26616 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26617
26618 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26619
26620 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26621 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26622 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26623 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26624 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26625 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26626 says which mode to use.
26627
26628 \(fn)" t nil)
26629
26630 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26631
26632 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26633
26634 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26635
26636 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26637 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26638 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26639 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26640 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26641
26642 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26643 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26644 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26645 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26646 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26647 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26648 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26649
26650 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26651 mismatched $'s or braces.
26652
26653 Special commands:
26654 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26655
26656 Mode variables:
26657 tex-run-command
26658 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26659 tex-directory
26660 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26661 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26662 tex-dvi-print-command
26663 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26664 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26665 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26666 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26667 tex-dvi-view-command
26668 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26669 tex-show-queue-command
26670 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26671 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26672
26673 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26674 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26675 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26676
26677 \(fn)" t nil)
26678
26679 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26680 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26681 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26682 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26683 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26684
26685 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26686 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26687 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26688 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26689 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26690 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26691 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26692
26693 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26694 mismatched $'s or braces.
26695
26696 Special commands:
26697 \\{latex-mode-map}
26698
26699 Mode variables:
26700 latex-run-command
26701 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26702 tex-directory
26703 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26704 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26705 tex-dvi-print-command
26706 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26707 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26708 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26709 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26710 tex-dvi-view-command
26711 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26712 tex-show-queue-command
26713 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26714 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26715
26716 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26717 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26718 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26719
26720 \(fn)" t nil)
26721
26722 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26723 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26724 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26725 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26726 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26727
26728 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26729 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26730 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26731 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26732 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26733 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26734 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26735
26736 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26737 mismatched $'s or braces.
26738
26739 Special commands:
26740 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26741
26742 Mode variables:
26743 slitex-run-command
26744 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26745 tex-directory
26746 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26747 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26748 tex-dvi-print-command
26749 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26750 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26751 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26752 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26753 tex-dvi-view-command
26754 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26755 tex-show-queue-command
26756 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26757 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26758
26759 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26760 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26761 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26762 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26763
26764 \(fn)" t nil)
26765
26766 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26767 Not documented
26768
26769 \(fn)" nil nil)
26770
26771 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26772 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26773
26774 \(fn)" t nil)
26775
26776 ;;;***
26777 \f
26778 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26779 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17842 58276))
26780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26781
26782 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26783 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26784 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26785 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26786
26787 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26788 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26789 Info-split to do these manually.
26790
26791 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26792
26793 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26794 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26795 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26796 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26797 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26798
26799 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26800
26801 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26802 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26803 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26804 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26805
26806 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26807 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26808 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26809 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26810
26811 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26812 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26813
26814 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26815
26816 ;;;***
26817 \f
26818 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26819 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17842 58276))
26820 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26821
26822 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26823 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26824
26825 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26826
26827 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26828 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26829
26830 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26831
26832 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26833 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26834
26835 It has these extra commands:
26836 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26837
26838 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26839 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26840 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26841 modified version of TeX input format.
26842
26843 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26844 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26845 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26846 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26847
26848 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26849 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26850 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26851 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26852 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26853 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26854 in the Texinfo file.
26855
26856 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26857 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26858 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26859 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26860 move forward past the closing brace.
26861
26862 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26863 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26864
26865 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26866 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26867 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26868
26869 Here are the functions:
26870
26871 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26872 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26873 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26874
26875 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26876 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26877 texinfo-master-menu
26878
26879 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26880
26881 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26882 which menu descriptions are indented.
26883
26884 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26885 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26886 in the region.
26887
26888 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26889 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26890 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26891 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26892
26893 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26894 be the first node in the file.
26895
26896 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26897 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26898
26899 \(fn)" t nil)
26900
26901 ;;;***
26902 \f
26903 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26904 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26905 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26906 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
26907 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26908
26909 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26910 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26911 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26912 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26913
26914 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26915
26916 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26917 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26918
26919 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26920
26921 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26922 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26923
26924 \(fn)" t nil)
26925
26926 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26927 Not documented
26928
26929 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26930
26931 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26932 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26933 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26934 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26935 to compose.
26936
26937 The return value is number of composed characters.
26938
26939 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26940
26941 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26942 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26943
26944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26945
26946 ;;;***
26947 \f
26948 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26949 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26950 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17842 58278))
26951 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26952
26953 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26954 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26955
26956 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26957
26958 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26959 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26960 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26961 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26962 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26963
26964 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26965 a symbol as a valid THING.
26966
26967 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26968 of the textual entity that was found.
26969
26970 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26971
26972 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26973 Return the THING at point.
26974 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26975 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26976 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26977
26978 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26979 a symbol as a valid THING.
26980
26981 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26982
26983 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26984 Not documented
26985
26986 \(fn)" nil nil)
26987
26988 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26989 Not documented
26990
26991 \(fn)" nil nil)
26992
26993 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26994 Not documented
26995
26996 \(fn)" nil nil)
26997
26998 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26999 Not documented
27000
27001 \(fn)" nil nil)
27002
27003 ;;;***
27004 \f
27005 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27006 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27007 ;;;;;; (17963 26308))
27008 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27009
27010 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27011 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27012
27013 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27014
27015 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27016 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27017 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27018 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27019
27020 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27021
27022 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27023 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27024
27025 \(fn)" t nil)
27026
27027 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27028 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27029
27030 \(fn)" t nil)
27031
27032 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27033
27034 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27035 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27036
27037 \(fn)" t nil)
27038
27039 ;;;***
27040 \f
27041 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27042 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27043 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27044 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27045 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27046 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17842 58278))
27047 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27048
27049 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27050 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27051 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27052
27053 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27054
27055 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27056 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27057
27058 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27059
27060 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27061 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27062 The returned string has no composition information.
27063
27064 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27065
27066 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27067 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27068
27069 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27070
27071 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27072 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27073
27074 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27075
27076 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27077 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27078 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27079 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27080
27081 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27082
27083 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27084 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27085 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27086 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27087
27088 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27089
27090 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27091 Not documented
27092
27093 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27094
27095 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27096 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27097 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27098
27099 \(fn)" t nil)
27100
27101 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27102 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27103 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27104
27105 \(fn)" t nil)
27106
27107 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27108 Not documented
27109
27110 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27111
27112 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27113 Not documented
27114
27115 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27116
27117 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27118 Not documented
27119
27120 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27121
27122 ;;;***
27123 \f
27124 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27125 ;;;;;; (17842 58276))
27126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27127
27128 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27129 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27130 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27131 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27132 parameters.
27133 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27134
27135 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27136
27137 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27138 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27139 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27140 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27141 parameters.
27142 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27143
27144 \(fn)" t nil)
27145
27146 ;;;***
27147 \f
27148 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27149 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18006 55796))
27150 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27151
27152 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27153 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27154
27155 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27156
27157 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27158 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27159 This display updates automatically every minute.
27160 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27161 are displayed as well.
27162 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27163
27164 \(fn)" t nil)
27165
27166 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27167 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27168 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27169 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27170 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27171 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27172
27173 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27174
27175 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27176 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27177 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27178
27179 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27180 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27181 are displayed as well.
27182 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27183
27184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27185
27186 ;;;***
27187 \f
27188 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27189 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27190 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27191 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17842
27192 ;;;;;; 53792))
27193 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27194
27195 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27196 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27197
27198 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27199
27200 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27201 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27202 You can use `float-time' instead.
27203
27204 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27205
27206 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27207 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27208
27209 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27210
27211 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27212 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27213
27214 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27215
27216 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27217 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27218
27219 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27220
27221 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27222 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27223 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27224
27225 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27226
27227 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27228
27229 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27230 Subtract two time values.
27231 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27232
27233 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27234
27235 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27236 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27237
27238 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27239
27240 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27241 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27242 DATE should be a date-time string.
27243
27244 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27245
27246 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27247 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27248 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27249
27250 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27251
27252 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27253 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27254
27255 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27256
27257 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27258 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27259
27260 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27261
27262 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27263 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27264 TIME should be a time value.
27265 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27266
27267 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27268
27269 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27270 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27271 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27272
27273 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27274
27275 ;;;***
27276 \f
27277 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27278 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17842 58278))
27279 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27280 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27281 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27282 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27283 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27284 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27285 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27286 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27287
27288 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27289 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27290 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27291 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27292 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27293 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27294 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27295 look like one of the following:
27296 Time-stamp: <>
27297 Time-stamp: \" \"
27298 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27299 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27300 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27301 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27302 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27303 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27304 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27305 the template.
27306
27307 \(fn)" t nil)
27308
27309 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27310 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27311 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27312
27313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27314
27315 ;;;***
27316 \f
27317 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27318 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27319 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27320 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27321 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
27322 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27323
27324 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27325 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27326 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27327 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27328 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27329 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27330 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27331 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27332 display (non-nil means on).
27333
27334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27335
27336 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27337 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27338 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27339 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27340 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27341 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27342 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27343 this function is called within a day.
27344
27345 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27346 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27347 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27348 discover the name of the project.
27349
27350 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27351
27352 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27353 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27354 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27355 begun during the last time segment.
27356
27357 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27358 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27359 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27360 discover the reason.
27361
27362 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27363
27364 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27365 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27366 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27367 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27368 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27369
27370 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27371
27372 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27373 Change to working on a different project.
27374 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27375 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27376 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27377 working on.
27378
27379 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27380
27381 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27382 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27383 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27384
27385 \(fn)" nil nil)
27386
27387 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27388 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27389 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27390
27391 \(fn)" t nil)
27392
27393 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27394 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27395 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27396 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27397 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27398 \"relative to today\".
27399
27400 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27401
27402 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27403 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27404 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27405 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27406
27407 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27408
27409 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27410 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27411 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27412 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27413 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27414 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27415
27416 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27417
27418 ;;;***
27419 \f
27420 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27421 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27422 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17935 13348))
27423 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27424
27425 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27426
27427 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27428 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27429
27430 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27431
27432 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27433 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27434 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27435 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27436
27437 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27438
27439 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27440 Perform an action at time TIME.
27441 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27442 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27443 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27444 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27445 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27446 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27447 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27448 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27449 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27450 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27451 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27452
27453 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27454
27455 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27456
27457 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27458 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27459 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27460 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27461 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27462
27463 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27464
27465 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27466
27467 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27468 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27469 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27470 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27471
27472 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27473
27474 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27475 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27476 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27477 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27478 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27479 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27480 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27481
27482 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27483 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27484
27485 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27486
27487 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27488 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27489
27490 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27491 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27492 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27493 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27494 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27495 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27496 be detected.
27497
27498 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27499
27500 ;;;***
27501 \f
27502 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27503 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17870 32853))
27504 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27505
27506 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27507 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27508 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27509 the generated Quail package is saved.
27510
27511 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27512
27513 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27514 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27515 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27516 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27517 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27518 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27519 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27520
27521 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27522
27523 ;;;***
27524 \f
27525 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27526 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17842
27527 ;;;;;; 58278))
27528 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27529
27530 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27531 Not documented
27532
27533 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27534
27535 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27536 Not documented
27537
27538 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27539
27540 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27541 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27542 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27543 PATTERN regexp.
27544
27545 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27546
27547 ;;;***
27548 \f
27549 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27550 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17952 58711))
27551 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27552 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27553 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27554 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27555
27556 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27557 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27558 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27559 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27560 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27561
27562 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27563
27564 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27565 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27566 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27567 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27568 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27569
27570 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27571
27572 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27573 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27574 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27575 in the menu in two ways:
27576 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27577 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27578 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27579
27580 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27581 keymap or an alist of alists.
27582 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27583 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27584
27585 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27586
27587 ;;;***
27588 \f
27589 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27590 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27591 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17962 52848))
27592 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27593
27594 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27595 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27596
27597 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27598
27599 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27600 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27601
27602 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27603
27604 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27605 Insert new TODO list entry.
27606 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27607 category.
27608
27609 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27610
27611 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27612 List top priorities for each category.
27613
27614 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27615 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27616
27617 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27618 between each category.
27619
27620 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27621
27622 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27623 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27624 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27625 between each category.
27626
27627 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27628
27629 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27630
27631 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27632 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27633
27634 \\{todo-mode-map}
27635
27636 \(fn)" t nil)
27637
27638 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27639 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27640
27641 \(fn)" nil nil)
27642
27643 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27644 Show TODO list.
27645
27646 \(fn)" t nil)
27647
27648 ;;;***
27649 \f
27650 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27651 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27652 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
27653 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27654
27655 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27656
27657 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27658 Add an item to the tool bar.
27659 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27660 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27661 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27662 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27663
27664 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27665 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27666 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27667 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27668
27669 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27670 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27671
27672 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27673
27674 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27675 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27676 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27677 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27678 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27679 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27680
27681 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27682 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27683 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27684 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27685
27686 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27687
27688 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27689 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27690 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27691 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27692 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27693 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27694 properties to add to the binding.
27695
27696 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27697
27698 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27699 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27700
27701 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27702
27703 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27704 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27705 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27706 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27707 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27708 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27709 properties to add to the binding.
27710
27711 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27712 holds a keymap.
27713
27714 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27715
27716 ;;;***
27717 \f
27718 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27719 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
27720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27721
27722 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27723 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27724 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27727 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27728
27729 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27730
27731 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27732 TPU/edt emulation.
27733
27734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27735
27736 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27737
27738 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27739 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27740
27741 \(fn)" t nil)
27742
27743 ;;;***
27744 \f
27745 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27746 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17842 54264))
27747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27748
27749 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27750 Set scroll margins.
27751
27752 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27753
27754 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27755 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27756
27757 \(fn)" t nil)
27758
27759 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27760 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27761
27762 \(fn)" t nil)
27763
27764 ;;;***
27765 \f
27766 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17842 54152))
27767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27768
27769 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27770 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27771 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27772 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27773 to a tcp server on another machine.
27774
27775 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27776
27777 ;;;***
27778 \f
27779 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27780 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17842 54152))
27781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27782
27783 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27784 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27785
27786 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27787
27788 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27789 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27790 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27791 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27792 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27793 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27794 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27795 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27796
27797 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27798
27799 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27800 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27801 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27802 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27803 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27804 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27805 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27806 the window or buffer configuration.
27807
27808 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27809
27810 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27811
27812 ;;;***
27813 \f
27814 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27815 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27816 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27817 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17934 45069))
27818 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27819
27820 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27821 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27822 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27823
27824 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27825 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27826 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27827 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27828
27829 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27830 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27831 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27832 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27833
27834 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27835 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27836 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27837 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27838 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27839 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27840 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27841 files which are not really tramp files.
27842
27843 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27844 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27845 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27846 updated after changing this variable.
27847
27848 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27849
27850 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27851
27852 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27853 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27854 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27855 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27856
27857 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27858 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27859 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27860 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27861
27862 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27863 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27864 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27865
27866 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27867 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27868 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27869 updated after changing this variable.
27870
27871 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27872
27873 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27874
27875 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27876 Alist of completion handler functions.
27877 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27878 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27879 normal Emacs functions.")
27880
27881 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27882 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27883 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27884 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27885
27886 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27887 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27888 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27889 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27890
27891 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27892 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27893 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27894
27895 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27896
27897 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27898 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27899 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27900
27901 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
27902 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27903
27904 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
27905 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27906 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
27907 (add-hook
27908 'after-init-hook
27909 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
27910
27911 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27912 Not documented
27913
27914 \(fn)" nil nil)
27915
27916 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27917 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27918
27919 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27920
27921 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27922 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27923
27924 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27925
27926 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27927 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27928
27929 \(fn)" t nil)
27930
27931 ;;;***
27932 \f
27933 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27934 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
27935 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27936
27937 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27938 Not documented
27939
27940 \(fn)" nil nil)
27941
27942 ;;;***
27943 \f
27944 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18006
27945 ;;;;;; 55796))
27946 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27947
27948 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27949 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27950 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27951 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27952 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27953 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27954 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27955 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27956
27957 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27958 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27959 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27960
27961 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27962 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27963 resumed later.
27964
27965 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27966
27967 ;;;***
27968 \f
27969 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27970 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17842 58276))
27971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27972 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27973 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27974 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27975
27976 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27977 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27978 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27979 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27980 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27981 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27982 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27983
27984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27985
27986 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27987 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27988 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27989 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27990
27991 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27992
27993 \(fn)" t nil)
27994
27995 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27996 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27997 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27998 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27999 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28000 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28001 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28002
28003 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28004 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28005
28006 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28007 \\___/\\
28008 / \\
28009 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28010
28011 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28012
28013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28014
28015 ;;;***
28016 \f
28017 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28018 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28019 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28020 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28021 ;;;;;; (17908 29123))
28022 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28023
28024 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28025 Toggle typing break mode.
28026 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28028 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28029
28030 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28031
28032 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28033 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28034
28035 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28036
28037 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28038 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28039
28040 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28041 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28042 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28043
28044 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28045 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28046
28047 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28048
28049 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28050 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28051
28052 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28053 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28054 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28055 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28056
28057 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28058
28059 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28060 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28061 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28062
28063 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28064 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28065 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28066 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28067 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28068 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28069
28070 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28071 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28072 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28073 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28074
28075 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28076 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28077
28078 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28079 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28080
28081 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28082
28083 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28084 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28085 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28086
28087 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28088 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28089 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28090 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28091 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28092 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28093 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28094
28095 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28096 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28097
28098 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28099 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28100 reset the keystroke counter.
28101
28102 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28103 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28104 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28105 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28106
28107 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28108 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28109 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28110 `type-break-schedule' command.
28111
28112 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28113 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28114 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28115 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28116 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28117 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28118 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28119 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28120 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28121
28122 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28123 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28124 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28125 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28126 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28127
28128 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28129 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28130 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28131 approximate good values for this.
28132
28133 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28134 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28135
28136 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28137 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28138 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28139 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28140 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28141 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28142
28143 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28144 a typing break occur. They include:
28145
28146 `type-break-query-mode'
28147 `type-break-query-function'
28148 `type-break-query-interval'
28149
28150 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28151
28152 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28153 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28154 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28155 problems.
28156
28157 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28158
28159 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28160 Take a typing break.
28161
28162 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28163 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28164
28165 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28166 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28167
28168 \(fn)" t nil)
28169
28170 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28171 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28172 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28173 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28174
28175 \(fn)" t nil)
28176
28177 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28178 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28179
28180 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28181 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28182 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28183 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28184 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28185 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28186 average typing speed.)
28187
28188 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28189 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28190 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28191 the computed maximum threshold.
28192
28193 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28194 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28195 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28196 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28197 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28198
28199 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28200
28201 ;;;***
28202 \f
28203 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28204 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17842 58276))
28205 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28206
28207 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28208 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28209 Works by overstriking underscores.
28210 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28211 which specify the range to operate on.
28212
28213 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28214
28215 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28216 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28217 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28218 which specify the range to operate on.
28219
28220 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28221
28222 ;;;***
28223 \f
28224 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28225 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17842 55035))
28226 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28227
28228 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28229 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28230 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28231
28232 \(fn)" t nil)
28233
28234 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28235 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28236 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28237 following the containing message.
28238
28239 \(fn)" t nil)
28240
28241 ;;;***
28242 \f
28243 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28244 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
28245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28246
28247 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28248 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28249 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28250 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28251 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28252 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28253
28254 \(fn)" nil nil)
28255
28256 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28257 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28258
28259 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28260
28261 ;;;***
28262 \f
28263 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17842
28264 ;;;;;; 54152))
28265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28266
28267 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28268 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28269 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28270 of symbols with local bindings.
28271
28272 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28273
28274 ;;;***
28275 \f
28276 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28277 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17842 56569))
28278 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28279
28280 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28281 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28282 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28283
28284 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28285 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28286 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28287 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28288 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28289 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28290
28291 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28292 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28293 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28294
28295 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28296 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28297 the callback is not called).
28298
28299 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28300 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28301 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28302 take effect.
28303
28304 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28305
28306 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28307 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28308 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28309 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28310 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28311
28312 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28313
28314 ;;;***
28315 \f
28316 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28317 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17854 10173))
28318 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28319
28320 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28321 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28322 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28323
28324 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28325 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28326 `url-generic-parse-url'
28327 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28328 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28329 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28330 realm
28331 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28332 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28333 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28334 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28335 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28336 what type of auth to use
28337 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28338 if one cannot be found in the cache
28339
28340 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28341
28342 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28343 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28344
28345 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28346 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28347 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28348 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28349 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28350 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28351 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28352 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28353
28354 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28355
28356 ;;;***
28357 \f
28358 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28359 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17842
28360 ;;;;;; 56569))
28361 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28362
28363 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28364 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28365
28366 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28367
28368 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28369 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28370
28371 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28372
28373 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28374 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28375
28376 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28377
28378 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28379 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28380
28381 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28382
28383 ;;;***
28384 \f
28385 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17842 56569))
28386 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28387
28388 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28389 Not documented
28390
28391 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28392
28393 ;;;***
28394 \f
28395 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28396 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17842 56569))
28397 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28398
28399 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28400 Not documented
28401
28402 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28403
28404 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28405 Not documented
28406
28407 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28408
28409 ;;;***
28410 \f
28411 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17842
28412 ;;;;;; 56569))
28413 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28414
28415 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28416 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28417
28418 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28419
28420 ;;;***
28421 \f
28422 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28423 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17842 56569))
28424 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28425
28426 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28427 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28428
28429 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28430
28431 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28432 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28433 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28434 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28435 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28436
28437 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28438
28439 ;;;***
28440 \f
28441 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28442 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17842
28443 ;;;;;; 56569))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28445
28446 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28447 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28448 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28449 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28450 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28451 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28452
28453 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28454
28455 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28456 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28457
28458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28459
28460 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28461 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28462 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28463 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28464 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28465 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28466 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28467 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28468 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28469
28470 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28471
28472 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28473 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28474 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28475 accessible.
28476
28477 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28478
28479 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28480 Not documented
28481
28482 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28483
28484 ;;;***
28485 \f
28486 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28487 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17952 11683))
28488 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28489
28490 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28491 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28492 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28493 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28494 CBARGS as the arguments.
28495
28496 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28497
28498 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28499 Not documented
28500
28501 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28502
28503 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28504
28505 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28506 Not documented
28507
28508 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28509
28510 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28511 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28512 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28513
28514 Property list members:
28515
28516 methods
28517 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28518 supports.
28519
28520 dav
28521 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28522 supported.
28523
28524 dasl
28525 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28526
28527 ranges
28528 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28529
28530 p3p
28531 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28532 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28533 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28534 Emacs/W3.
28535
28536 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28537
28538 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28539 Default HTTPS port.")
28540
28541 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28542 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28543
28544 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28545 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28546 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28547 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28548 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28549
28550 ;;;***
28551 \f
28552 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17842 56569))
28553 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28554
28555 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28556 Not documented
28557
28558 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28559
28560 ;;;***
28561 \f
28562 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17842
28563 ;;;;;; 56569))
28564 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28565
28566 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28567 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28568 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28569 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28570 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28571
28572 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28573
28574 ;;;***
28575 \f
28576 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28577 ;;;;;; (18012 18089))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28579
28580 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28581 Not documented
28582
28583 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28584
28585 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28586 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28587
28588 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28589
28590 ;;;***
28591 \f
28592 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28593 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17842 56569))
28594 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28595
28596 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28597 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28598
28599 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28600
28601 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28602 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28603
28604 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28605
28606 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28607 Not documented
28608
28609 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28610
28611 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28612
28613 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28614
28615 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28616
28617 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28618 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28619
28620 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28621
28622 ;;;***
28623 \f
28624 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28625 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28627
28628 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28629 Not documented
28630
28631 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28632
28633 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28634 Not documented
28635
28636 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28637
28638 ;;;***
28639 \f
28640 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28641 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28642 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28643 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28644
28645 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28646 Not documented
28647
28648 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28649
28650 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28651 Not documented
28652
28653 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28654
28655 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28656 Not documented
28657
28658 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28659
28660 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28661 Not documented
28662
28663 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28664
28665 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28666 Not documented
28667
28668 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28669
28670 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28671 Not documented
28672
28673 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28674
28675 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28676 Not documented
28677
28678 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28679
28680 ;;;***
28681 \f
28682 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28683 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17954 22157))
28684 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28685
28686 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28687 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28688
28689 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28690
28691 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28692 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28693 Format is:
28694 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28695
28696 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28697
28698 ;;;***
28699 \f
28700 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28701 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28702 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28703
28704 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28705 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28706
28707 \(fn)" t nil)
28708
28709 ;;;***
28710 \f
28711 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28712 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28713 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28714 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28715 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28716 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28717 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28718 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28719
28720 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28721 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28722 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28723
28724 If t, all messages will be logged.
28725 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28726 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28727
28728 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28729
28730 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28731 Not documented
28732
28733 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28734
28735 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28736 Not documented
28737
28738 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28739
28740 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28741 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28742 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28743 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28744 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28745 & ==> &amp;
28746 < ==> &lt;
28747 > ==> &gt;
28748 \" ==> &quot;
28749
28750 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28751
28752 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28753 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28754 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28755
28756 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28757
28758 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28759 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28760 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28761
28762 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28763
28764 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28765 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28766
28767 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28768
28769 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28770 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28771
28772 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28773
28774 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28775 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28776
28777 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28778
28779 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28780 Not documented
28781
28782 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28783
28784 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28785 Not documented
28786
28787 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28788
28789 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28790 Not documented
28791
28792 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28793
28794 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28795 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28796
28797 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28798
28799 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28800 Not documented
28801
28802 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28803
28804 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28805 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28806 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28807 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28808 forbidden in URL encoding.
28809
28810 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28811
28812 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28813 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28814 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28815 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28816 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28817 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28818
28819 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28820
28821 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28822 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28823 If optional variable X is t,
28824 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28825
28826 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28827
28828 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28829 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28830 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28831
28832 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28833
28834 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28835 View the current document's URL.
28836 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28837 the minibuffer.
28838
28839 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28840
28841 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28842
28843 ;;;***
28844 \f
28845 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28846 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17842 58278))
28847 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28848
28849 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28850 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28851 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28852 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28853 to refrain from editing the file
28854 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28855 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28856 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28857 in any way you like.
28858
28859 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28860
28861 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28862 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28863 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28864 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28865 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28866
28867 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28868 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28869
28870 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28871
28872 ;;;***
28873 \f
28874 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28875 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28876 ;;;;;; (17855 50203))
28877 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28878
28879 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28880 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28881 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28882 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28883
28884 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28885
28886 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28887 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28888 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28889
28890 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28891
28892 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28893 Uudecode region between START and END.
28894 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28895
28896 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28897
28898 ;;;***
28899 \f
28900 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28901 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28902 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28903 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28904 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28905 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28906 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17992 30877))
28907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28908
28909 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28910 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28911 See `run-hooks'.")
28912
28913 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28914
28915 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28916 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28917 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28918
28919 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28920
28921 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28922 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28923 See `run-hooks'.")
28924
28925 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28926
28927 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28928 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28929
28930 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28931
28932 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28933 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28934
28935 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28936
28937 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28938 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28939 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28940 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28941 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28942 somebody else, signal error.
28943
28944 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28945
28946 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28947 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28948 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28949 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28950 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28951
28952 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28953
28954 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28955 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28956 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28957 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28958 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28959 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28960 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28961 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28962 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28963 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28964 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28965 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28966
28967 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28968
28969 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28970 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28971
28972 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28973 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28974
28975 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28976 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28977 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28978 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28979 lock steals will raise an error.
28980
28981 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28982
28983 For RCS and SCCS files:
28984 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28985 control.
28986 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28987 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28988 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28989 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28990 it performs a revert.
28991 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28992 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28993 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28994 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28995 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28996 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28997 the option to steal the lock.
28998
28999 For CVS files:
29000 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29001 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29002 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29003 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29004 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29005 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29006 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29007 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29008 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29009
29010 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29011
29012 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29013 Register the current file into a version control system.
29014 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29015 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29016
29017 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29018 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29019 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29020 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29021 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29022 first backend that could register the file is used.
29023
29024 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29025
29026 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29027 Display diffs between file versions.
29028 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29029 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29030 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29031 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29032 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29033 saving the buffer.
29034
29035 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29036
29037 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29038 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29039 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29040 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29041
29042 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29043
29044 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29045 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29046 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29047 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29048
29049 \(fn)" t nil)
29050
29051 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29052 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29053 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29054 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29055 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29056 from the current branch.
29057
29058 See Info node `Merging'.
29059
29060 \(fn)" t nil)
29061
29062 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29063
29064 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29065 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29066
29067 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29068
29069 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29070 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29071
29072 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29073
29074 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29075 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29076 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29077 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29078 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29079 are checked out in that new branch.
29080
29081 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29082
29083 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29084 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29085 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29086 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29087 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29088 allowed and simply skipped).
29089
29090 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29091
29092 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29093 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29094 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29095
29096 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29097
29098 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29099 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29100 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29101 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29102 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29103
29104 \(fn)" t nil)
29105
29106 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29107 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29108 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29109 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29110 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29111 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29112
29113 \(fn)" t nil)
29114
29115 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29116 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29117 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29118
29119 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29120
29121 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29122 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29123 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29124 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29125 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29126 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29127 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29128
29129 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29130
29131 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29132 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29133 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29134 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29135 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29136 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29137 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29138 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29139 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29140
29141 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29142
29143 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29144 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29145
29146 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29147
29148 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29149 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29150 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29151 directory.
29152
29153 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29154
29155 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29156 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29157 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29158
29159 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29160 log entries should be gathered.
29161
29162 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29163
29164 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29165 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29166
29167 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29168 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29169 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29170 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29171 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29172 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29173
29174 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29175 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29176 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29177 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29178 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29179 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29180 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29181 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29182
29183 Customization variables:
29184
29185 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29186 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29187 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29188 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29189
29190 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29191
29192 ;;;***
29193 \f
29194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17930 34221))
29195 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29196 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29197 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29198 (progn
29199 (load "vc-arch")
29200 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29201
29202 ;;;***
29203 \f
29204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17842 58278))
29205 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29206 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29207 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29208 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29209 (load "vc-cvs")
29210 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29211
29212 ;;;***
29213 \f
29214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17842 58278))
29215 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29216 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29217 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29218 (progn
29219 (load "vc-mcvs")
29220 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29221
29222 ;;;***
29223 \f
29224 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29225 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
29226 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29227
29228 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29229 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29230 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29231
29232 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29233 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29234
29235 ;;;***
29236 \f
29237 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29238 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
29239 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29240
29241 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29242 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29243 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29244
29245 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29246 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29247
29248 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29249 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29250 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29251 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29252
29253 ;;;***
29254 \f
29255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17881 64914))
29256 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29257 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29258 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29259 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29260 "_svn")
29261 (t ".svn"))))
29262 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29263 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29264 (file-name-directory f)))
29265 (load "vc-svn")
29266 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29267
29268 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29269
29270 ;;;***
29271 \f
29272 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29273 ;;;;;; (17962 27361))
29274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29275
29276 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29277 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29278
29279 Usage:
29280 ------
29281
29282 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29283 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29284 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29285 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29286 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29287 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29288 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29289 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29290 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29291
29292 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29293 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29294 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29295 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29296
29297 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29298 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29299 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29300 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29301 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29302
29303 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29304 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29305
29306
29307 HEADER INSERTION:
29308 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29309 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29310 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29311
29312
29313 STUTTERING:
29314 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29315 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29316 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29317 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29318
29319 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29320 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29321 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29322 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29323 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29324
29325
29326 WORD COMPLETION:
29327 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29328 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29329 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29330 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29331
29332 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29333 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29334 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29335 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29336 beginning with \"std\").
29337
29338 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29339 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29340 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29341 stop.
29342
29343
29344 COMMENTS:
29345 `--' puts a single comment.
29346 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29347 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29348 with a comment in between.
29349 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29350 out following lines.
29351 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29352 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29353
29354 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29355 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29356 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29357 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29358 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29359 non-nil.
29360
29361 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29362 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29363 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29364 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29365 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29366 multi-line comments.
29367
29368
29369 INDENTATION:
29370 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29371 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29372 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29373 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29374
29375 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29376 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29377 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29378 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29379
29380 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29381 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29382 and vice versa.
29383
29384 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29385 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29386
29387
29388 ALIGNMENT:
29389 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29390 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29391 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29392 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29393 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29394 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29395 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29396 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29397
29398 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29399 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29400 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29401 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29402 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29403 is non-nil.
29404
29405 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29406 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29407 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29408
29409 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29410 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29411
29412
29413 CODE FILLING:
29414 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29415 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29416 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29417 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29418 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29419 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29420
29421
29422 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29423 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29424 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29425 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29426 command:
29427
29428 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29429
29430
29431 PORT TRANSLATION:
29432 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29433 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29434 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29435 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29436 internal signal initializations (menu).
29437
29438 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29439 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29440 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29441
29442 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29443 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29444 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29445 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29446 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29447 in subsequent paste operations.)
29448
29449 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29450 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29451 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29452
29453
29454 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29455 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29456 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29457 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29458 association list with formals).
29459
29460
29461 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29462 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29463 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29464 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29465 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29466 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29467 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29468 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29469 `vhdl-testbench'.
29470
29471
29472 KEY BINDINGS:
29473 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29474
29475
29476 VHDL MENU:
29477 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29478
29479
29480 FILE BROWSER:
29481 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29482 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29483 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29484
29485 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29486 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29487
29488
29489 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29490 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29491 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29492 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29493
29494 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29495 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29496 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29497
29498 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29499 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29500 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29501 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29502
29503 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29504 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29505 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29506 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29507 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29508
29509 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29510 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29511 required by secondary units.
29512
29513
29514 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29515 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29516 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29517 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29518 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29519 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29520 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29521 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29522 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29523 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29524 inputs to this component -> input port created
29525 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29526 outputs from this component -> output port created
29527 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29528 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29529
29530 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29531 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29532 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29533 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29534 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29535
29536 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29537 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29538
29539 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29540 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29541 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29542 component instantiation is also supported (option
29543 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29544
29545 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29546 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29547 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29548 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29549 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29550 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29551 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29552 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29553 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29554 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29555 | generating the configuration.
29556 |
29557 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29558 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29559 | configurations in speedbar.
29560
29561 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29562
29563
29564 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29565 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29566 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29567 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29568 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29569 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29570 information. New compilers can be added.
29571
29572 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29573 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29574
29575
29576 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29577 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29578 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29579 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29580 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29581
29582 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29583 command:
29584
29585 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29586 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29587 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29588
29589 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29590 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29591 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29592 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29593 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29594 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29595 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29596
29597 Limitations:
29598 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29599 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29600 not (yet) supported.
29601 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29602 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29603 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29604
29605
29606 PROJECTS:
29607 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29608 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29609 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29610 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29611 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29612 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29613 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29614 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29615
29616 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29617 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29618 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29619 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29620 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29621 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29622 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29623 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29624 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29625 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29626 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29627
29628
29629 SPECIAL MENUES:
29630 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29631 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29632 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29633 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29634 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29635 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29636 current directory for VHDL source files.
29637
29638
29639 VHDL STANDARDS:
29640 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29641 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29642
29643
29644 KEYWORD CASE:
29645 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29646 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29647 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29648 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29649 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29650 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29651 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29652 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29653
29654
29655 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29656 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29657 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29658 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29659 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29660 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29661 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29662
29663 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29664 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29665 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29666 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29667 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29668 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29669
29670 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29671 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29672 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29673 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29674 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29675 visually.
29676
29677 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29678 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29679 highlighted if written in lower case.
29680
29681 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29682 highlighted using a different background color if option
29683 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29684
29685 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29686 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29687 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29688 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29689 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29690
29691
29692 USER MODELS:
29693 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29694 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29695 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29696
29697
29698 HIDE/SHOW:
29699 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29700 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29701 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29702 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29703 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29704
29705
29706 CODE UPDATING:
29707 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29708 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29709 Limitations:
29710 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29711 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29712 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29713 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29714 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29715 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29716 (used to obtain the port names).
29717
29718
29719 CODE FIXING:
29720 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29721 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29722
29723
29724 PRINTING:
29725 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29726 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29727 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29728 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29729 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29730 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29731 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29732 printers.
29733
29734
29735 OPTIONS:
29736 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29737 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29738 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29739 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29740 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29741
29742 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29743 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29744 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29745 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29746 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29747 INSTALL file).
29748
29749 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29750 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29751
29752
29753 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29754 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29755 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29756 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29757
29758 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29759
29760
29761 HINTS:
29762 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29763 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29764
29765 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29766
29767 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29768
29769 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29770
29771
29772 RELEASE NOTES:
29773 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29774
29775
29776 Maintenance:
29777 ------------
29778
29779 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29780 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29781
29782 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29783
29784 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29785 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29786 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29787 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29788
29789 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29790 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29791 where the latest version can be found.
29792
29793
29794 Known problems:
29795 ---------------
29796
29797 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29798 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29799 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29800
29801
29802 The VHDL Mode Authors
29803 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29804
29805 Key bindings:
29806 -------------
29807
29808 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29809
29810 \(fn)" t nil)
29811
29812 ;;;***
29813 \f
29814 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17788 40208))
29815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29816
29817 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29818 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29819 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29820 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29821
29822 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29823 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29824 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29825 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29826 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29827
29828 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29829 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29830
29831 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29832
29833 * Limitations and unsupported features
29834 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29835 not supported.
29836 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29837 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29838
29839 * Modifications
29840 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29841 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29842 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29843 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29844 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29845 for undoing a repeated change command.
29846 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29847 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29848 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29849
29850 * Extensions
29851 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29852 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29853 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29854 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29855 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29856 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29857 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29858 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29859
29860 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29861
29862 \(fn)" t nil)
29863
29864 ;;;***
29865 \f
29866 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29867 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29868 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29869 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17842 58278))
29870 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29871
29872 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29873 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29874
29875 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29876
29877 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29878 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29879 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29880 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29881
29882 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29883
29884 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29885 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29886
29887 \(fn)" t nil)
29888
29889 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29890 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29891 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29892 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29893
29894 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29895
29896 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29897 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29898
29899 \(fn)" t nil)
29900
29901 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29902 Not documented
29903
29904 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29905
29906 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29907 Not documented
29908
29909 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29910
29911 ;;;***
29912 \f
29913 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29914 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29915 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18006
29916 ;;;;;; 55796))
29917 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29918
29919 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29920 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29921 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29922 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29923
29924 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29925
29926 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29927 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29928 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29929 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29930 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29931 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29932 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29933
29934 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29935
29936 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29937
29938 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29939 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29940 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29941 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29942 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29943 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29944 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29945 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29946
29947 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29948
29949 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29950
29951 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29952 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29953 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29954 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29955 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29956 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29957 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29958 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29959
29960 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29961
29962 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29963
29964 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29965 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29966 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29967 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29968 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29969 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29970 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29971
29972 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29973
29974 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29975 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29976 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29977
29978 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29979
29980 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29981 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29982 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29983 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29984 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29985 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29986 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29987 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29988
29989 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29990
29991 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29992 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29993 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29994
29995 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29996
29997 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29998 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29999 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30000 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30001 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30002 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30003 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30004 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30005
30006 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30007
30008 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30009 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30010 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30011
30012 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30013
30014 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30015 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30016 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30017
30018 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30019 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30020 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30021 read-only.
30022 \\<view-mode-map>
30023 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30024 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30025 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30026 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30027 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30028
30029 H, h, ? This message.
30030 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30031 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30032 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30033 > move to the end of buffer.
30034 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30035 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30036 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30037 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30038 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30039 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30040 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30041 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30042 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30043 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30044 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30045 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30046 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30047 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30048 Use this to view a changing file.
30049 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30050 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30051 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30052 . set the mark.
30053 x exchanges point and mark.
30054 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30055 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30056 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30057 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30058 ' go to position saved in character register.
30059 s do forward incremental search.
30060 r do reverse incremental search.
30061 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30062 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30063 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30064 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30065 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30066 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30067 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30068 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30069 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30070 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30071 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30072 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30073 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30074 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30075 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30076 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30077 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30078
30079 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30080 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30081 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30082 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30083 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30084 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30085 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30086 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30087 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30088
30089 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30090
30091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30092
30093 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30094 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30095 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30096 `view-return-to-alist'.
30097 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30098 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30099 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30100
30101 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30102 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30103 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30104 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30105 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30106 1) nil Do nothing.
30107 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30108 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30109 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30110 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30111
30112 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30113
30114 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30115
30116 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30117
30118 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30119 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30120
30121 \(fn)" t nil)
30122
30123 ;;;***
30124 \f
30125 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17842
30126 ;;;;;; 54264))
30127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30128
30129 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30130 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30131
30132 \(fn)" nil nil)
30133
30134 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30135 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30136
30137 \(fn)" t nil)
30138
30139 ;;;***
30140 \f
30141 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30142 ;;;;;; (17921 23052))
30143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30144
30145 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30146 Toggle Viper on/off.
30147 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30148
30149 \(fn)" t nil)
30150
30151 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30152 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30153
30154 \(fn)" t nil)
30155
30156 ;;;***
30157 \f
30158 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30159 ;;;;;; (17935 13348))
30160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30161
30162 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30163 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30164 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30165 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30166 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30167 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30168 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30169 the beginning of the warning.")
30170
30171 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30172 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30173 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30174 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30175 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30176 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30177 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30178 also call that function before the next warning.")
30179
30180 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30181 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30182
30183 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30184 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30185 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30186 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30187
30188 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30189 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30190 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30191 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30192 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30193 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30194
30195 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30196 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30197 Default is :warning.
30198
30199 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30200 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30201 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30202 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30203 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30204 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30205
30206 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30207 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30208 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30209
30210 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30211
30212 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30213 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30214
30215 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30216
30217 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30218 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30219 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30220 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30221
30222 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30223 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30224 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30225 can be whatever you like.)
30226
30227 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30228 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30229
30230 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30231 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30232 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30233 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30234 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30235
30236 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30237
30238 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30239 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30240 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30241 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30242 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30243
30244 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30245
30246 ;;;***
30247 \f
30248 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30249 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30250 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30251
30252 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30253 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30254 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30255 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30256 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30257 in disk.
30258
30259 See `wdired-mode'.
30260
30261 \(fn)" t nil)
30262
30263 ;;;***
30264 \f
30265 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17842 55218))
30266 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30267
30268 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30269 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30270
30271 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30272 hotlist.
30273
30274 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30275 <nwv@acm.org>.
30276
30277 \(fn)" t nil)
30278
30279 ;;;***
30280 \f
30281 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30282 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
30283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30284 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30285 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30286
30287 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30288
30289 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30290 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30291 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30292 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30293 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30294 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30295
30296 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30297
30298 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30299 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30300 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30301 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30302
30303 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30304 and off otherwise.
30305
30306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30307
30308 ;;;***
30309 \f
30310 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30311 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30312 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30313 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30314 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30315 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
30316 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30317
30318 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30319 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30320
30321 \(fn)" t nil)
30322
30323 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30324 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30325
30326 \(fn)" t nil)
30327
30328 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30329 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30330
30331 \(fn)" t nil)
30332
30333 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30334 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30335
30336 \(fn)" t nil)
30337
30338 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30339 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30340
30341 \(fn)" t nil)
30342
30343 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30344 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30345 These are:
30346 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30347 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30348 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30349 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30350 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30351
30352 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30353 and:
30354 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30355 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30356
30357 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30358
30359 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30360 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30361
30362 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30363
30364 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30365 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30366 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30367 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30368 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30369
30370 \(fn)" t nil)
30371
30372 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30373 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30374
30375 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30376
30377 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30378
30379 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30380 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30381 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30383 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30384 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30385
30386 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30387
30388 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30389 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30390 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30391
30392 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30393 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30394
30395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30396
30397 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30398 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30399 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30400
30401 \(fn)" t nil)
30402
30403 ;;;***
30404 \f
30405 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30406 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17842 58278))
30407 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30408
30409 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30410 Browse the widget under point.
30411
30412 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30413
30414 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30415 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30416
30417 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30418
30419 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30420 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30421
30422 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30423
30424 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30425 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30426 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30427
30428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30429
30430 ;;;***
30431 \f
30432 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30433 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17952
30434 ;;;;;; 11093))
30435 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30436
30437 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30438 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30439
30440 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30441
30442 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30443 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30444 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30445
30446 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30447
30448 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30449 Create widget of TYPE.
30450 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30451
30452 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30453
30454 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30455 Delete WIDGET.
30456
30457 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30458
30459 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30460 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30461
30462 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30463
30464 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30465
30466 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30467 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30468 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30469
30470 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30471 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30472
30473 \(fn)" nil nil)
30474
30475 ;;;***
30476 \f
30477 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30478 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17842
30479 ;;;;;; 58278))
30480 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30481
30482 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30483 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30484 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30485 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30486 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30487 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30488 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30489
30490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30491
30492 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30493 Select the window above the current one.
30494 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30495 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30496 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30497 negative ARG) of the current window.
30498 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30499
30500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30501
30502 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30503 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30504 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30505 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30506 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30507 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30508 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30509
30510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30511
30512 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30513 Select the window below the current one.
30514 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30515 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30516 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30517 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30518 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30519
30520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30521
30522 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30523 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30524 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30525 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30526
30527 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30528
30529 ;;;***
30530 \f
30531 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30532 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30533 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30534
30535 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30536 Toggle Winner mode.
30537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30538 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30539
30540 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30541
30542 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30543 Toggle Winner mode.
30544 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30545
30546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30547
30548 ;;;***
30549 \f
30550 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30551 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17949 41467))
30552 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30553
30554 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30555 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30556 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30557 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30558 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30559 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30560 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30561 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30562
30563 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30564 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30565
30566 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30567
30568 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30569 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30570
30571 \(fn)" t nil)
30572
30573 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30574 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30575 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30576 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30577 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30578 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30579 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30580 `woman' command for further details.
30581
30582 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30583
30584 ;;;***
30585 \f
30586 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30587 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
30588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30589
30590 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30591 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30592
30593 BUGS:
30594 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30595 are not implemented
30596 - Options for search and replace
30597 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30598 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30599
30600 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30601 Emacs-like.
30602
30603 The key bindings are:
30604
30605 C-a backward-word
30606 C-b fill-paragraph
30607 C-c scroll-up-line
30608 C-d forward-char
30609 C-e previous-line
30610 C-f forward-word
30611 C-g delete-char
30612 C-h backward-char
30613 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30614 C-j help-for-help
30615 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30616 C-l ws-repeat-search
30617 C-n open-line
30618 C-p quoted-insert
30619 C-r scroll-down-line
30620 C-s backward-char
30621 C-t kill-word
30622 C-u keyboard-quit
30623 C-v overwrite-mode
30624 C-w scroll-down
30625 C-x next-line
30626 C-y kill-complete-line
30627 C-z scroll-up
30628
30629 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30630 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30631 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30632 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30633 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30634 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30635 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30636 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30637 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30638 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30639 C-k b ws-begin-block
30640 C-k c ws-copy-block
30641 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30642 C-k f find-file
30643 C-k h ws-show-markers
30644 C-k i ws-indent-block
30645 C-k k ws-end-block
30646 C-k p ws-print-block
30647 C-k q kill-emacs
30648 C-k r insert-file
30649 C-k s save-some-buffers
30650 C-k t ws-mark-word
30651 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30652 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30653 C-k v ws-move-block
30654 C-k w ws-write-block
30655 C-k x kill-emacs
30656 C-k y ws-delete-block
30657
30658 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30659 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30660 C-o j justify-current-line
30661 C-o k kill-buffer
30662 C-o l list-buffers
30663 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30664 C-o r set-fill-column
30665 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30666 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30667 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30668 C-o wo other-window
30669 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30670
30671 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30672 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30673 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30674 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30675 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30676 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30677 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30678 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30679 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30680 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30681 C-q a ws-query-replace
30682 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30683 C-q c end-of-buffer
30684 C-q d end-of-line
30685 C-q f ws-search
30686 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30687 C-q l ws-undo
30688 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30689 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30690 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30691 C-q w ws-last-error
30692 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30693 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30694
30695 \(fn)" t nil)
30696
30697 ;;;***
30698 \f
30699 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30700 ;;;;;; (17916 14776))
30701 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30702
30703 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30704 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30705 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30706 Returns the top node with all its children.
30707 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30708 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30709
30710 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30711
30712 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30713 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30714 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30715 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30716 is not well-formed XML.
30717 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30718 and returned as the first element of the list.
30719 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30720
30721 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30722
30723 ;;;***
30724 \f
30725 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18007
30726 ;;;;;; 39657))
30727 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30728
30729 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30730 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30731 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30733 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30734 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30735
30736 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30737
30738 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30739 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30740 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30741
30742 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30743 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30744 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30745 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30746 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30747 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30748
30749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30750
30751 ;;;***
30752 \f
30753 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30754 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17842 54741))
30755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30756
30757 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30758 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30759
30760 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30761
30762 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30763 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30764
30765 \(fn)" nil nil)
30766
30767 ;;;***
30768 \f
30769 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30770 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17842 55395))
30771 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30772
30773 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30774 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30775
30776 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30777
30778 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30779 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30780
30781 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30782
30783 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30784 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30785 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30786
30787 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30788
30789 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30790 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30791
30792 \(fn)" t nil)
30793
30794 ;;;***
30795 \f
30796 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17941 38806))
30797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30798
30799 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30800 Zone out, completely.
30801
30802 \(fn)" t nil)
30803
30804 ;;;***
30805 \f
30806 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30835 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30836 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30837 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30838 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30839 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30840 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30841 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30842 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30843 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30844 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30845 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30846 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30847 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30848 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30849 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30850 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30851 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30852 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30853 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30854 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30855 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30856 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30857 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30858 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30859 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30860 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30861 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30862 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30863 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30864 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30865 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30872 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30884 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30885 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30886 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30887 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30888 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30889 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30890 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30891 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30892 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30893 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30894 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30895 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30896 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30897 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30898 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30899 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30900 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30901 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30902 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30903 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30904 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30905 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30906 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30907 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30908 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30909 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30910 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30911 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30912 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30913 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30914 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30915 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30916 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30917 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30918 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30919 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30920 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30921 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30922 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30923 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30924 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30925 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30926 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30927 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30928 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30929 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30930 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30931 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30932 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30933 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30934 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30935 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30936 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (18016 62249 573562))
30937
30938 ;;;***
30939 \f
30940 ;; Local Variables:
30941 ;; version-control: never
30942 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30943 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30944 ;; End:
30945 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here